1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
44 #include <algorithm>
45 #include <cstring>
46 #include <functional>
47 using namespace clang;
48 using namespace sema;
49 
50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
51   if (OwnedType) {
52     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
53     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
54   }
55 
56   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
57 }
58 
59 namespace {
60 
61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
62  public:
63   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
64       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
65     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
66     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
67     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
68   }
69 
70   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
71     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
72       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
73           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
74     else
75       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
76   }
77 
78  private:
79   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
80   bool WantClassName;
81 };
82 
83 }
84 
85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
87   switch (Kind) {
88   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
89   // token kind is a valid type specifier
90   case tok::kw_short:
91   case tok::kw_long:
92   case tok::kw___int64:
93   case tok::kw___int128:
94   case tok::kw_signed:
95   case tok::kw_unsigned:
96   case tok::kw_void:
97   case tok::kw_char:
98   case tok::kw_int:
99   case tok::kw_half:
100   case tok::kw_float:
101   case tok::kw_double:
102   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
103   case tok::kw_bool:
104   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
105     return true;
106 
107   case tok::annot_typename:
108   case tok::kw_char16_t:
109   case tok::kw_char32_t:
110   case tok::kw_typeof:
111   case tok::kw_decltype:
112     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
113 
114   default:
115     break;
116   }
117 
118   return false;
119 }
120 
121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
122 /// return the declaration of that type.
123 ///
124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
129 ///
130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
131 /// and then return NULL.
132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
133                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
134                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
135                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
136                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
137                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
138                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
139   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
140   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
141   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
142     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
143     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
144       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
145   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
146     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
147 
148     if (!LookupCtx) {
149       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
150         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
151         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
152         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
153         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
154         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
155         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
156         //
157         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
158         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
159         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
160           return ParsedType();
161 
162         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
163         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
164         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
165           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
166 
167         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
168         QualType T =
169           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
170                             II, NameLoc);
171 
172           return ParsedType::make(T);
173       }
174 
175       return ParsedType();
176     }
177 
178     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
179         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
180       return ParsedType();
181   }
182 
183   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
184   // lookup for class-names.
185   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
186                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
187   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
188   if (LookupCtx) {
189     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
190     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
191     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
192     // nested-name-specifier.
193     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
194 
195     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
196       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
197       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
198       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
199       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
200       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
201       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
202       LookupName(Result, S);
203     }
204   } else {
205     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
206     LookupName(Result, S);
207   }
208 
209   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
210   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
211   case LookupResult::NotFound:
212   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
213     if (CorrectedII) {
214       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
215       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
216                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
217       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
218       TemplateTy Template;
219       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
220       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
221       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
222       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
223       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
224       if (SS && NNS) {
225         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
226         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
227       }
228       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
229           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
230           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
231           // is handled elsewhere).
232           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
233             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
234                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
235         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
236                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
237                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
238                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
239         if (Ty) {
240           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
241           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
242               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
243           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
244               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName
245               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
246                                               CorrectedStr);
247           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
248             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
249               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
250 
251           if (SS && NNS)
252             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
253           *CorrectedII = NewII;
254           return Ty;
255         }
256       }
257     }
258     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
259   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
260   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
261     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
262     return ParsedType();
263 
264   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
265     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
266     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
267     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
268     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
269     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
270     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
271       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
272       return ParsedType();
273     }
274 
275     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
276     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
277          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
278       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
279         if (!IIDecl ||
280             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
281               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
282           IIDecl = *Res;
283       }
284     }
285 
286     if (!IIDecl) {
287       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
288       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
289       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
290       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
291       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
292       // a type name.
293       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
294       return ParsedType();
295     }
296 
297     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
298     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
299     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
300     // perform the name lookup again.
301     break;
302 
303   case LookupResult::Found:
304     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
305     break;
306   }
307 
308   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
309 
310   QualType T;
311   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
312     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
313 
314     if (T.isNull())
315       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
316 
317     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
318     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
319     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
320     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
321       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
322         // Construct a type with type-source information.
323         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
324         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
325 
326         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
327         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
328         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
329         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
330         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
331       } else {
332         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
333       }
334     }
335   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
336     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
337     if (!HasTrailingDot)
338       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
339   }
340 
341   if (T.isNull()) {
342     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
343     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
344     return ParsedType();
345   }
346   return ParsedType::make(T);
347 }
348 
349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
355   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
356   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
357   LookupName(R, S, false);
358   R.suppressDiagnostics();
359   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
360     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
361       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
362       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
363       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
364       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
365       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
366       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
367       }
368     }
369 
370   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
371 }
372 
373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
377 /// @code
378 /// template<class T> class A {
379 /// public:
380 ///   typedef int TYPE;
381 /// };
382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
383 /// public:
384 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
385 /// };
386 /// @endcode
387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
388   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
389     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
390 
391     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
392     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
393           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
394       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
395         return true;
396     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
397   }
398   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
399 }
400 
401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
402                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
403                                    Scope *S,
404                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
405                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
406   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
407   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
408 
409   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
410   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
411   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
412   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
413                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
414                                              Validator)) {
415     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
416     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
417 
418     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
419       // We corrected to a keyword.
420       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
421       if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID()))
422         CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr;
423       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
424         << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
425         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
426       II = NewII;
427     } else {
428       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
429       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
430       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
431         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
432           << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
433           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
434       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
435         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
436           << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
437           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
438                                           CorrectedStr);
439       else
440         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
441 
442       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
443         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
444 
445       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
446                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
447                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
448                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
449     }
450     return true;
451   }
452 
453   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
454     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
455     UnqualifiedId Name;
456     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
457     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
458     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
459     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
460     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
461                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
462                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
463       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
464       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
465       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
466         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
467           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
468       }
469       return true;
470     }
471   }
472 
473   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
474   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
475 
476   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
477     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
478   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
479     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
480       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
481   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
482     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
483     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
484       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
485 
486     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
487       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
488       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
489       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
490     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
491                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
492   } else {
493     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
494            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
495   }
496 
497   return true;
498 }
499 
500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
501 /// or
502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
503   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
504                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
505 
506   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
507     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
508       return true;
509 
510     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
511       return true;
512   }
513 
514   return false;
515 }
516 
517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
518                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
519                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
520                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
521   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
522   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
523   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
524     const char *TagName = 0;
525     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
526     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
527       case TTK_Class:
528         TagName = "class";
529         FixItTagName = "class ";
530         break;
531 
532       case TTK_Enum:
533         TagName = "enum";
534         FixItTagName = "enum ";
535         break;
536 
537       case TTK_Struct:
538         TagName = "struct";
539         FixItTagName = "struct ";
540         break;
541 
542       case TTK_Interface:
543         TagName = "__interface";
544         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
545         break;
546 
547       case TTK_Union:
548         TagName = "union";
549         FixItTagName = "union ";
550         break;
551     }
552 
553     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
554       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
555       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
556 
557     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
558          I != IEnd; ++I)
559       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
560         << Name << TagName;
561 
562     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
563     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
564     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
565     return true;
566   }
567 
568   return false;
569 }
570 
571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
573                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
574   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
575 
576   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
577   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
578 
579   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
580   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
581   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
582   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
583   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
584 }
585 
586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
587                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
588                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
589                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
590                                             const Token &NextToken,
591                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
592                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
593   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
594   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
595 
596   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
597     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
598                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
599 
600   }
601 
602   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
603   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
604 
605   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
606   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
607   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
608   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
609   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
610     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
611     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
612       return E;
613   }
614 
615   bool SecondTry = false;
616   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
617 
618 Corrected:
619   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
620   case LookupResult::NotFound:
621     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
622     // call.
623     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
624       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
625       // FIXME: Reference?
626       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
627         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
628 
629       // C90 6.3.2.2:
630       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
631       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
632       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
633       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
634       //   the function call, the declaration
635       //
636       //     extern int identifier ();
637       //
638       //   appeared.
639       //
640       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
641       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
642         Result.addDecl(D);
643         Result.resolveKind();
644         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
645       }
646     }
647 
648     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
649     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
650     // "struct", or "union".
651     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
652         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
653       break;
654     }
655 
656     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
657     // close to this name.
658     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
659       SecondTry = true;
660       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
661                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
662                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
663         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
664         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
665         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
666         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
667 
668         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
669         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
670           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
671         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
672             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
673           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
674           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
675         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
676                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
677                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
678                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
679            UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
680            QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
681          }
682 
683         if (SS.isEmpty())
684           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
685             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
686             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
687         else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
688           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
689             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
690             << SS.getRange()
691             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
692                                             CorrectedStr);
693 
694         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
695         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
696 
697         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
698         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
699           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
700 
701         // Also update the LookupResult...
702         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
703         Result.clear();
704         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
705         if (FirstDecl) {
706           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
707           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
708             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
709         }
710 
711         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
712         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
713         // reference the ivar.
714         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
715         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
716           Result.clear();
717           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
718           return E;
719         }
720 
721         goto Corrected;
722       }
723     }
724 
725     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
726     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
727     return NameClassification::Unknown();
728 
729   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
730     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
731     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
732     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
733 
734     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
735     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
736     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
737     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
738     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
739     //
740     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
741     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
742     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
743     // keyword here.
744     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
745                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
746                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
747   }
748 
749   case LookupResult::Found:
750   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
751   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
752     break;
753 
754   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
755     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
756         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
757       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
758       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
759       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
760       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
761       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
762       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
763       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
764       //   ambiguous.
765       //
766       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
767       // so try again after filtering out template names.
768       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
769       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
770         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
771         break;
772       }
773     }
774 
775     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
776     return NameClassification::Error();
777   }
778 
779   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
780       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
781     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
782     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
783     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
784     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
785     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
786     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
787     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
788       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
789 
790     if (!Result.empty()) {
791       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
792       TemplateName Template;
793       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
794         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
795         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
796                                                      Result.end());
797       } else {
798         TemplateDecl *TD
799           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
800         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
801 
802         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
803           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
804                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
805                                                       TD);
806         else
807           Template = TemplateName(TD);
808       }
809 
810       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
811         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
812         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
813         // to based on which function we selected.
814         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
815 
816         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
817       }
818 
819       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
820     }
821   }
822 
823   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
824   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
825     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
826     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
827     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
828       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
829     return ParsedType::make(T);
830   }
831 
832   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
833   if (!Class) {
834     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
835     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
836                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
837       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
838   }
839 
840   if (Class) {
841     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
842 
843     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
844       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
845       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
846       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
847       return NameClassification::Unknown();
848     }
849 
850     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
851     return ParsedType::make(T);
852   }
853 
854   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
855   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
856     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
857         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
858 
859   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
860   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
861   if (!getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
862     bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
863     if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
864          (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
865         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
866       TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
867       DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
868       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
869       if (SS.isNotEmpty())
870         return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
871       return ParsedType::make(T);
872     }
873   }
874 
875   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
876     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
877 
878   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
879   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
880 }
881 
882 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
883 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
884 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
885 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
886 
887   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
888   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
889   // the context we'll need to return to.
890   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
891     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
892 
893     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
894     // lexical context.
895     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
896       return DC;
897 
898     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
899     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
900     // class is the context we need to return to.
901     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
902       DC = RD;
903 
904     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
905     // declared in.
906     return DC;
907   }
908 
909   return DC->getLexicalParent();
910 }
911 
912 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
913   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
914       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
915   CurContext = DC;
916   S->setEntity(DC);
917 }
918 
919 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
920   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
921 
922   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
923   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
924 }
925 
926 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
927 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
928 ///
929 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
930   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
931   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
932   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
933   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
934   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
935   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
936   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
937   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
938   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
939   //   namespace.
940   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
941   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
942   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
943   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
944   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
945 
946   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
947 
948 #ifndef NDEBUG
949   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
950   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
951   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
952 #endif
953 
954   CurContext = DC;
955   S->setEntity(DC);
956 }
957 
958 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
959   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
960 
961   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
962   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
963   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
964   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
965   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
966 
967   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
968   // disappear.
969 }
970 
971 
972 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
973   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
974   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
975     // We assume that the caller has already called
976     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
977     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
978   }
979   if (!FD)
980     return;
981 
982   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
983   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
984   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
985     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
986   CurContext = FD;
987   S->setEntity(CurContext);
988 
989   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
990     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
991     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
992     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
993       S->AddDecl(Param);
994       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
995     }
996   }
997 }
998 
999 
1000 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1001   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1002   // rather than the top-level class.
1003   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1004   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1005   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1006 }
1007 
1008 
1009 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1010 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1011 ///
1012 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1013 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1014 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1015 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1016 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1017 /// attribute.
1018 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1019                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1020   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1021     return true;
1022 
1023   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1024     return true;
1025 
1026   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1027           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1028 }
1029 
1030 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1031 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1032   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1033   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1034   // scope.
1035   while (S->getEntity() &&
1036          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
1037     S = S->getParent();
1038 
1039   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1040   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1041   // into any context.
1042   if (AddToContext)
1043     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1044 
1045   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
1046   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
1047   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
1048       D->isOutOfLine() &&
1049       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1050         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1051     return;
1052 
1053   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1054   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1055       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1056     return;
1057 
1058   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1059   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1060                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1061   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1062     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1063       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1064       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1065 
1066       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1067       break;
1068     }
1069   }
1070 
1071   S->AddDecl(D);
1072 
1073   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1074     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1075     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1076     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1077     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1078       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1079       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1080         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1081           continue;
1082       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1083         break;
1084     }
1085 
1086     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1087   } else {
1088     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1089   }
1090 }
1091 
1092 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1093   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1094     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1095 }
1096 
1097 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1098                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1099   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S,
1100                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1101 }
1102 
1103 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1104   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1105   do {
1106     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1107       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1108         return S;
1109   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1110 
1111   return 0;
1112 }
1113 
1114 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1115                                             DeclContext*,
1116                                             ASTContext&);
1117 
1118 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1119 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1120 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1121                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1122                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1123                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1124   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1125   while (F.hasNext()) {
1126     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1127 
1128     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1129       continue;
1130 
1131     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1132         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1133       continue;
1134 
1135     F.erase();
1136   }
1137 
1138   F.done();
1139 }
1140 
1141 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1142   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1143          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1144          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1145 }
1146 
1147 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1148 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1149   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1150   while (F.hasNext())
1151     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1152       F.erase();
1153 
1154   F.done();
1155 }
1156 
1157 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1158 /// @code
1159 /// class S {
1160 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1161 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1162 /// };
1163 /// @endcode
1164 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1165   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1166   // the decl here.
1167   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1168     return false;
1169 
1170   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1171     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1172   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1173     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1174   return false;
1175 }
1176 
1177 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1178   assert(D);
1179 
1180   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1181     return false;
1182 
1183   // Ignore class templates.
1184   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1185       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1186     return false;
1187 
1188   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1189     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1190       return false;
1191 
1192     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1193       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1194         return false;
1195     } else {
1196       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1197       if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1198           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1199         return false;
1200     }
1201 
1202     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1203         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1204       return false;
1205   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1206     // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their
1207     // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const
1208     // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not
1209     // intended to be used.
1210     // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions.
1211     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1212         VD->getType().isConstQualified() ||
1213         VD->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
1214         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1215       return false;
1216 
1217     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1218         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1219       return false;
1220 
1221   } else {
1222     return false;
1223   }
1224 
1225   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1226   if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage)
1227     return false;
1228 
1229   return true;
1230 }
1231 
1232 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1233   if (!D)
1234     return;
1235 
1236   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1237     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1238     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1239       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1240   }
1241 
1242   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1243     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1244     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1245       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1246   }
1247 
1248   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1249     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1250 }
1251 
1252 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1253   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1254     return false;
1255 
1256   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1257     return false;
1258 
1259   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1260     return true;
1261 
1262   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1263   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1264       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1265     return false;
1266 
1267   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1268   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1269 
1270     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1271     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1272 
1273     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1274     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1275       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1276         return false;
1277     }
1278 
1279     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1280     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1281     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1282       return false;
1283 
1284     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1285       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1286       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1287         return false;
1288 
1289       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1290         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1291           return false;
1292 
1293         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1294           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1295             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1296           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1297             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1298           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1299             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1300             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1301               return false;
1302           }
1303         }
1304       }
1305     }
1306 
1307     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1308   }
1309 
1310   return true;
1311 }
1312 
1313 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1314                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1315   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1316     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1317                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1318     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1319       return;
1320     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1321                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1322   }
1323   return;
1324 }
1325 
1326 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1327 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1328 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1329   FixItHint Hint;
1330   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1331     return;
1332 
1333   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1334 
1335   unsigned DiagID;
1336   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1337     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1338   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1339     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1340   else
1341     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1342 
1343   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1344 }
1345 
1346 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1347   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1348   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1349   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1350   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1351     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1352 }
1353 
1354 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1355   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1356   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1357          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1358 
1359   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1360        I != E; ++I) {
1361     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1362     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1363 
1364     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1365     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1366 
1367     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1368 
1369     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1370     if (!S->hasErrorOccurred())
1371       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1372 
1373     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1374     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1375       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1376 
1377     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1378     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1379   }
1380 }
1381 
1382 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1383   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1384 }
1385 
1386 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1387   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1388   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1389 }
1390 
1391 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1392 ///
1393 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1394 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1395 /// to the fixed name.
1396 ///
1397 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1398 ///
1399 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1400 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1401 ///
1402 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1403 /// class could not be found.
1404 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1405                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1406                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1407   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1408   // creation from this context.
1409   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1410 
1411   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1412     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1413     // find an Objective-C class name.
1414     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1415     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1416                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1417                                        Validator)) {
1418       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1419       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1420         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1421         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1422       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1423         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1424 
1425       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1426     }
1427   }
1428   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1429   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1430   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1431       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1432   return Def;
1433 }
1434 
1435 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1436 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1437 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1438 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1439 /// ill-formed in C++:
1440 /// @code
1441 /// struct S6 {
1442 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1443 /// };
1444 ///
1445 /// void test_S6() {
1446 ///   struct S6 a;
1447 ///   a.e = BAR;
1448 /// }
1449 /// @endcode
1450 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1451 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1452 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1453 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1454 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1455 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1456 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1457 /// contain non-field names.
1458 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1459   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1460          (S->getEntity() &&
1461           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1462          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1463     S = S->getParent();
1464   return S;
1465 }
1466 
1467 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1468 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1469 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1470 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1471 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1472                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1473   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1474     return;
1475   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1476 
1477   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1478                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1479   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1480   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1481     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1482       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1483 }
1484 
1485 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1486 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1487 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1488 /// built-in.
1489 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1490                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1491                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1492   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1493 
1494   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1495 
1496   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1497   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1498   switch (Error) {
1499   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1500     // Okay
1501     break;
1502 
1503   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1504     if (ForRedeclaration)
1505       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1506         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1507     return 0;
1508 
1509   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1510     if (ForRedeclaration)
1511       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1512         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1513     return 0;
1514 
1515   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1516     if (ForRedeclaration)
1517       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1518         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1519     return 0;
1520   }
1521 
1522   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1523     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1524       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1525       << R;
1526     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1527         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1528           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1529       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1530         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1531         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1532   }
1533 
1534   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1535                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1536                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1537                                            SC_Extern,
1538                                            SC_None, false,
1539                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1540   New->setImplicit();
1541 
1542   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1543   // FunctionDecl.
1544   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1545     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1546     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1547       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1548         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1549                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1550                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1551                             SC_None, SC_None, 0);
1552       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1553       Params.push_back(parm);
1554     }
1555     New->setParams(Params);
1556   }
1557 
1558   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1559 
1560   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1561   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1562   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1563   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1564   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1565   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1566   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1567   CurContext = SavedContext;
1568   return New;
1569 }
1570 
1571 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1572 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1573 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1574 /// entity.
1575 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1576                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1577                                               LookupResult &previous){
1578   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1579   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1580     return;
1581 
1582   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1583   if (previous.empty())
1584     return;
1585 
1586   // If this declaration has external
1587   bool hasExternalLinkage = (decl->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage);
1588 
1589   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1590   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1591     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1592 
1593     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1594     if (!old->isHidden())
1595       continue;
1596 
1597     // If either has no-external linkage, ignore the old declaration.
1598     if (!hasExternalLinkage || old->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage)
1599       filter.erase();
1600   }
1601 
1602   filter.done();
1603 }
1604 
1605 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1606   QualType OldType;
1607   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1608     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1609   else
1610     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1611   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1612 
1613   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1614     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1615     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1616     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1617       << Kind << NewType;
1618     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1619       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1620     New->setInvalidDecl();
1621     return true;
1622   }
1623 
1624   if (OldType != NewType &&
1625       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1626       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1627       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1628     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1629     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1630       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1631     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1632       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1633     New->setInvalidDecl();
1634     return true;
1635   }
1636   return false;
1637 }
1638 
1639 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1640 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1641 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1642 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1643 ///
1644 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1645   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1646   // merging checks.
1647   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1648 
1649   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1650   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1651   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1652     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1653     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1654     default: break;
1655     case 2:
1656       {
1657         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1658           break;
1659         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1660         if (!T->isPointerType())
1661           break;
1662         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1663           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1664           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1665             break;
1666         }
1667         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1668         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1669         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1670         return;
1671       }
1672     case 5:
1673       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1674         break;
1675       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1676       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1677       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1678       return;
1679     case 3:
1680       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1681         break;
1682       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1683       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1684       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1685       return;
1686     }
1687     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1688   }
1689 
1690   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1691   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1692   if (!Old) {
1693     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1694       << New->getDeclName();
1695 
1696     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1697     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1698       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1699 
1700     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1701   }
1702 
1703   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1704   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1705     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1706 
1707   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1708   // with any extensions enabled.
1709   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1710     return;
1711 
1712   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1713   // declaration was a typedef.
1714   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1715     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1716 
1717   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1718     return;
1719 
1720   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1721     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1722     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1723     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1724     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1725     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1726       return;
1727 
1728     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1729     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1730     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1731     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1732     //
1733     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1734     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1735     //
1736     //   struct S {
1737     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1738     //   };
1739     //
1740     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1741     // allow the above but disallow
1742     //
1743     //   struct S {
1744     //     typedef int I;
1745     //     typedef int I;
1746     //   };
1747     //
1748     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1749     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1750       return;
1751 
1752     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1753       << New->getDeclName();
1754     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1755     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1756   }
1757 
1758   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1759   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1760     return;
1761 
1762   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1763   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1764   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1765   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1766   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1767       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1768        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1769     return;
1770 
1771   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1772     << New->getDeclName();
1773   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1774   return;
1775 }
1776 
1777 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1778 /// attribute.
1779 static bool
1780 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1781   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1782   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1783   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1784   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1785   if (AA)
1786     return false;
1787 
1788   // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated.
1789   switch (A->getKind()) {
1790     case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired:
1791     case attr::SharedLocksRequired:
1792     case attr::LocksExcluded:
1793     case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction:
1794     case attr::SharedLockFunction:
1795     case attr::UnlockFunction:
1796     case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction:
1797     case attr::SharedTrylockFunction:
1798     case attr::GuardedBy:
1799     case attr::PtGuardedBy:
1800     case attr::AcquiredBefore:
1801     case attr::AcquiredAfter:
1802       return false;
1803     default:
1804       ;
1805   }
1806 
1807   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1808   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1809   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1810     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1811       if (Ann) {
1812         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1813           return true;
1814         continue;
1815       }
1816       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1817       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1818         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1819       return true;
1820     }
1821 
1822   return false;
1823 }
1824 
1825 bool Sema::mergeDeclAttribute(NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr) {
1826   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1827   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1828     NewAttr = mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1829                                     AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1830                                     AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1831                                     AA->getMessage());
1832   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1833     NewAttr = mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility());
1834   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1835     NewAttr = mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange());
1836   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1837     NewAttr = mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange());
1838   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1839     NewAttr = mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1840                               FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg());
1841   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1842     NewAttr = mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName());
1843   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
1844     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(Context));
1845 
1846   if (NewAttr) {
1847     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
1848     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
1849     return true;
1850   }
1851 
1852   return false;
1853 }
1854 
1855 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
1856   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1857     return TD->getDefinition();
1858   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1859     return VD->getDefinition();
1860   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1861     const FunctionDecl* Def;
1862     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
1863       return Def;
1864   }
1865   return NULL;
1866 }
1867 
1868 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
1869   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
1870        I != E; ++I) {
1871     Attr *Attribute = *I;
1872     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
1873       return true;
1874   }
1875   return false;
1876 }
1877 
1878 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
1879 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
1880 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
1881   if (!New->hasAttrs())
1882     return;
1883 
1884   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
1885   if (!Def || Def == New)
1886     return;
1887 
1888   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
1889   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
1890     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
1891     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
1892       ++I;
1893       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
1894     }
1895     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
1896            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
1897     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1898     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
1899     --E;
1900   }
1901 }
1902 
1903 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
1904 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1905                                bool MergeDeprecation) {
1906   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
1907   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
1908 
1909   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
1910     return;
1911 
1912   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
1913 
1914   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
1915   // we process them.
1916   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1917 
1918   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
1919          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
1920          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
1921        i != e; ++i) {
1922     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
1923     if (!MergeDeprecation &&
1924         (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
1925          isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
1926          isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)))
1927       continue;
1928 
1929     if (mergeDeclAttribute(New, *i))
1930       foundAny = true;
1931   }
1932 
1933   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
1934 }
1935 
1936 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
1937 /// to the new one.
1938 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
1939                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
1940                                      ASTContext &C) {
1941   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
1942     return;
1943 
1944   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
1945 
1946   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
1947   // done before we process them.
1948   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
1949 
1950   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
1951        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
1952        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
1953     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
1954       InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C));
1955       newAttr->setInherited(true);
1956       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
1957       foundAny = true;
1958     }
1959   }
1960 
1961   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
1962 }
1963 
1964 namespace {
1965 
1966 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
1967 /// C.
1968 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
1969   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
1970   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
1971   QualType PromotedType;
1972 };
1973 
1974 }
1975 
1976 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
1977 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
1978   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
1979     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
1980       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
1981 
1982     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
1983       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
1984 
1985     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
1986       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
1987   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
1988     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
1989   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
1990     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
1991   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
1992     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
1993   }
1994 
1995   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
1996 }
1997 
1998 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
1999 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2000 /// GNU89 mode.
2001 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2002                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2003   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2004           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2005           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2006           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2007 }
2008 
2009 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given
2010 /// declaration?
2011 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) {
2012   CallingConv ABIDefaultCC;
2013   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) {
2014     ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic());
2015   } else {
2016     // Free C function or a static method.
2017     ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C);
2018   }
2019   return ABIDefaultCC == CC;
2020 }
2021 
2022 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2023 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2024 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2025 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2026 ///
2027 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2028 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2029 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2030 /// merged with.
2031 ///
2032 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2033 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
2034   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2035   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
2036   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
2037         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
2038     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2039   else
2040     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
2041   if (!Old) {
2042     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2043       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2044       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2045            diag::note_using_decl_target);
2046       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2047            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2048       return true;
2049     }
2050 
2051     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2052       << New->getDeclName();
2053     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2054     return true;
2055   }
2056 
2057   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2058   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2059   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2060   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2061     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2062   else if (Old->isImplicit())
2063     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2064   else
2065     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2066 
2067   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2068   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2069 
2070   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2071   // is an extern inline function.
2072   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2073       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2074       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2075       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2076     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2077       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2078       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2079     } else {
2080       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2081       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2082       return true;
2083     }
2084   }
2085 
2086   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
2087   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
2088   // calling convention of the first.
2089   //
2090   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2091   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2092   //
2093   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
2094   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
2095   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
2096   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
2097   // because it is the default calling convention.
2098   //
2099   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2100   // other tests to run.
2101   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2102   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2103   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2104   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2105   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2106   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2107     // Fast path: nothing to do.
2108 
2109   // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2110   // there but not here.
2111   } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
2112     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2113     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2114 
2115   // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is
2116   // effectively the same as the explict one.
2117   } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default &&
2118              isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), New)) {
2119     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2120     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2121 
2122   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
2123                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
2124     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
2125     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2126       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2127       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
2128       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
2129           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
2130     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2131     return true;
2132   }
2133 
2134   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2135   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2136     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2137     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2138   }
2139 
2140   // Merge regparm attribute.
2141   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2142       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2143     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2144       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2145         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2146         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2147       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2148       return true;
2149     }
2150 
2151     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2152     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2153   }
2154 
2155   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2156   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2157     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2158       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2159       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2160       return true;
2161     }
2162 
2163     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2164     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2165   }
2166 
2167   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2168     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
2169     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
2170     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2171   }
2172 
2173   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2174     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2175     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2176     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2177     //        cannot be overloaded.
2178     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2179     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2180     QualType ResQT;
2181     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2182       if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2183           && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2184         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2185       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2186         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2187           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2188                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2189         else
2190           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2191         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2192         return true;
2193       }
2194       else
2195         NewQType = ResQT;
2196     }
2197 
2198     const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2199     CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2200     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2201       // Preserve triviality.
2202       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2203 
2204       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2205       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2206       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2207       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2208                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2209                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2210       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2211 
2212       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2213           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2214         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2215         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2216         //       is a static member function declaration.
2217         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2218           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2219           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2220           return true;
2221         }
2222 
2223         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2224         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2225         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2226         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2227         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2228           unsigned NewDiag;
2229           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2230             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2231           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2232             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2233           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2234             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2235           else
2236             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2237 
2238           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2239         } else {
2240           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2241             << New << New->getType();
2242         }
2243         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2244 
2245       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2246       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2247       //
2248       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2249       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2250       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2251         if (isFriend) {
2252           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2253         } else {
2254           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2255                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2256             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2257           return true;
2258         }
2259       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2260         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2261              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2262           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2263         return true;
2264       }
2265     }
2266 
2267     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2268     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2269     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2270     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2271 
2272     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2273     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2274     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2275       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2276       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2277         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2278       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2279       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2280     }
2281 
2282     if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) {
2283       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2284       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2285       return true;
2286     }
2287 
2288     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2289       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2290 
2291     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2292   }
2293 
2294   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2295   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2296   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2297       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2298     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2299     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2300     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2301     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2302         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2303       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2304       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2305       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2306       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2307                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2308       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2309                                          ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(),
2310                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2311       New->setType(NewQType);
2312       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2313 
2314       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2315       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2316       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2317              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2318              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2319            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2320         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2321                                                  SourceLocation(),
2322                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2323                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2324                                                  SC_None, SC_None,
2325                                                  0);
2326         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2327         Param->setImplicit();
2328         Params.push_back(Param);
2329       }
2330 
2331       New->setParams(Params);
2332     }
2333 
2334     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2335   }
2336 
2337   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2338   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2339   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2340   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2341   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2342   // the prototype.
2343   //
2344   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2345   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2346   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2347   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2348   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2349       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2350       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2351       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2352     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2353     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2354     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2355       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2356     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2357       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2358 
2359     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2360     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2361                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2362     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2363     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2364          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2365       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2366       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2367       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2368                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2369         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2370       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2371                                             NewParm->getType(),
2372                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2373         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2374           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2375         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2376         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2377       } else
2378         LooseCompatible = false;
2379     }
2380 
2381     if (LooseCompatible) {
2382       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2383         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2384              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2385           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2386           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2387         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2388           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2389                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2390       }
2391 
2392       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0],
2393                                            ArgTypes.size(),
2394                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2395       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2396     }
2397 
2398     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2399   }
2400 
2401   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined
2402   // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic
2403   if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) {
2404     // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible
2405     // signature.
2406     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2407       // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined
2408       // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the
2409       // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this
2410       // library built-in.
2411       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2412       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2413         << Old << Old->getType();
2414       New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2415       Old->setInvalidDecl();
2416       return false;
2417     }
2418 
2419     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2420   }
2421 
2422   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2423   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2424   return true;
2425 }
2426 
2427 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2428 /// known to be compatible.
2429 ///
2430 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2431 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2432 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2433 /// redeclaration of Old.
2434 ///
2435 /// \returns false
2436 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2437                                         Scope *S) {
2438   // Merge the attributes
2439   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2440 
2441   // Merge the storage class.
2442   if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern &&
2443       Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None)
2444     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2445 
2446   // Merge "pure" flag.
2447   if (Old->isPure())
2448     New->setPure();
2449 
2450   // Merge "used" flag.
2451   if (Old->isUsed(false))
2452     New->setUsed();
2453 
2454   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2455   // declarations.
2456   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2457     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2458       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2459                                Context);
2460 
2461   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2462     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2463 
2464   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2465   // and argument types.
2466   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2467   if (!Merged.isNull())
2468     New->setType(Merged);
2469 
2470   return false;
2471 }
2472 
2473 
2474 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2475                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2476 
2477   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2478   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, /* mergeDeprecation */true);
2479 
2480   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2481   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2482                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2483   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2484          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2485        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2486     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context);
2487 
2488   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod, true);
2489 }
2490 
2491 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2492 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2493 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2494 ///
2495 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2496 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2497 /// is attached.
2498 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) {
2499   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2500     return;
2501 
2502   QualType MergedT;
2503   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2504     AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
2505     if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) {
2506       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2507       return;
2508     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2509       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2510       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2511     }
2512     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2513     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2514     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2515     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2516     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2517     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2518              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2519       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2520       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2521       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2522                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2523         MergedT = New->getType();
2524     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2525              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2526       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2527       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2528       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2529                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2530         MergedT = Old->getType();
2531     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2532                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2533         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2534                                                         Old->getType());
2535     }
2536   } else {
2537     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2538   }
2539   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2540     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2541       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2542     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2543     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2544   }
2545   New->setType(MergedT);
2546 }
2547 
2548 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2549 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2550 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2551 ///
2552 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2553 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2554 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2555 ///
2556 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
2557   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2558   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2559     return;
2560 
2561   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2562   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2563   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2564       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2565     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2566       << New->getDeclName();
2567     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2568          diag::note_previous_definition);
2569     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2570   }
2571 
2572   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2573   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2574   //
2575   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2576   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2577     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2578       << New->getIdentifier();
2579     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2580     New->setInvalidDecl();
2581   }
2582 
2583   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2584   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2585   // declaration
2586   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2587       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2588       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2589     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2590     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2591     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2592     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2593   }
2594 
2595   // Merge the types.
2596   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old);
2597   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2598     return;
2599 
2600   // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static.
2601   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2602       (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) {
2603     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2604     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2605     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2606   }
2607   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2608   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2609   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2610   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2611   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2612   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2613   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2614   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2615   //   identifier has external linkage.
2616   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2617     /* Okay */;
2618   else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2619            Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2620     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2621     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2622     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2623   }
2624 
2625   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2626   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2627       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2628     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2629     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2630     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2631   }
2632   if (Old->hasExternalStorage() &&
2633       !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2634     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2635     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2636     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2637   }
2638 
2639   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2640 
2641   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2642   // need to check for mismatches.
2643   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2644       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2645       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2646         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2647     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2648     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2649     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2650   }
2651 
2652   if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2653     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2654     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2655   } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) {
2656     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2657     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2658   }
2659 
2660   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2661   const VarDecl *Def;
2662   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2663       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2664       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
2665     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2666       << New->getDeclName();
2667     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2668     New->setInvalidDecl();
2669     return;
2670   }
2671 
2672   if (!Old->hasCLanguageLinkage() && New->hasCLanguageLinkage()) {
2673     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2674     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2675     New->setInvalidDecl();
2676     return;
2677   }
2678 
2679   // c99 6.2.2 P4.
2680   // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a
2681   // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if
2682   // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage
2683   // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage
2684   // specified at the prior declaration.
2685   // FIXME. revisit this code.
2686   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2687       Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage)
2688     New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass());
2689 
2690   // Merge "used" flag.
2691   if (Old->isUsed(false))
2692     New->setUsed();
2693 
2694   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
2695   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
2696 
2697   // Inherit access appropriately.
2698   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
2699 }
2700 
2701 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2702 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
2703 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2704                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
2705   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
2706 }
2707 
2708 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
2709 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accopts template
2710 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
2711 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
2712                                        DeclSpec &DS,
2713                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams) {
2714   Decl *TagD = 0;
2715   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
2716   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2717       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2718       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
2719       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2720       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2721     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
2722 
2723     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
2724       return 0;
2725 
2726     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
2727     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
2728     // it's a Type.
2729     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
2730       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
2731     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
2732       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
2733   }
2734 
2735   if (Tag) {
2736     getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag);
2737     Tag->setFreeStanding();
2738     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
2739       return Tag;
2740   }
2741 
2742   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2743     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
2744     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
2745     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
2746       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
2747            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
2748            << DS.getSourceRange();
2749   }
2750 
2751   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
2752     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
2753     // and definitions of functions and variables.
2754     if (Tag)
2755       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
2756         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2757             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2758             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
2759             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
2760     else
2761       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
2762     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
2763     return TagD;
2764   }
2765 
2766   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
2767     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
2768     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
2769     if (TagD && !Tag)
2770       return 0;
2771     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
2772   }
2773 
2774   // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any
2775   // declarators.
2776   bool emittedWarning = false;
2777 
2778   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
2779     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
2780         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
2781       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
2782           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
2783         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
2784 
2785       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2786         << DS.getSourceRange();
2787       emittedWarning = true;
2788     }
2789   }
2790 
2791   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct.
2792   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2793       CurContext->isRecord() &&
2794       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
2795     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
2796     //   struct STRUCT;
2797     // and
2798     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
2799     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
2800     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
2801         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
2802          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
2803       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
2804         << DS.getSourceRange();
2805       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
2806     }
2807   }
2808 
2809   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2810       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
2811     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
2812       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
2813           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) {
2814         Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2815           << DS.getSourceRange();
2816         emittedWarning = true;
2817       }
2818 
2819   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
2820   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD;
2821 
2822   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
2823     // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an
2824     // extension in both Microsoft and GNU.
2825     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
2826         Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) {
2827       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
2828         << DS.getSourceRange();
2829       return Tag;
2830     }
2831 
2832     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators)
2833       << DS.getSourceRange();
2834     emittedWarning = true;
2835   }
2836 
2837   // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers;
2838   // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we
2839   // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators.
2840   if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
2841     return TagD;
2842 
2843   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
2844   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
2845   // useless.
2846   if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
2847     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
2848       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier)
2849         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs);
2850 
2851   if (DS.isThreadSpecified())
2852     Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread";
2853   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
2854     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
2855       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const";
2856     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
2857       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile";
2858     // Restrict is covered above.
2859   }
2860   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
2861     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline";
2862   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
2863     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual";
2864   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
2865     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit";
2866 
2867   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
2868       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2869     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
2870       << Tag->getTagKind()
2871       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
2872 
2873   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
2874   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
2875   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
2876   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
2877     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
2878     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
2879         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
2880         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
2881         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
2882         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
2883       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
2884       while (attrs) {
2885         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
2886         << attrs->getName()
2887         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
2888             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
2889             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
2890             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
2891         attrs = attrs->getNext();
2892       }
2893     }
2894   }
2895 
2896   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
2897 
2898   return TagD;
2899 }
2900 
2901 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
2902 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
2903 ///
2904 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
2905 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
2906                                          Scope *S,
2907                                          DeclContext *Owner,
2908                                          DeclarationName Name,
2909                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
2910                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
2911   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
2912                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
2913   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
2914 
2915   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
2916     return false;
2917 
2918   // Pick a representative declaration.
2919   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
2920   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
2921 
2922   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
2923     return false;
2924 
2925   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
2926   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2927 
2928   return true;
2929 }
2930 
2931 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
2932 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
2933 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
2934 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
2935 /// struct, e.g.,
2936 ///
2937 /// @code
2938 /// union {
2939 ///   int i;
2940 ///   float f;
2941 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
2942 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
2943 /// @endcode
2944 ///
2945 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
2946 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
2947 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
2948                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
2949                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
2950                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
2951                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
2952                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
2953   unsigned diagKind
2954     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
2955                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
2956 
2957   bool Invalid = false;
2958 
2959   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
2960   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
2961                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
2962        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2963     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
2964         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
2965       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
2966       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
2967                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
2968         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2969         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
2970         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
2971         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
2972         Invalid = true;
2973       } else {
2974         // C++ [class.union]p2:
2975         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
2976         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
2977         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
2978         //   anonymous union is declared.
2979         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
2980         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
2981           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
2982                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
2983             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
2984         else
2985           Chaining.push_back(VD);
2986 
2987         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
2988         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
2989           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
2990         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
2991           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
2992 
2993         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
2994           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
2995                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
2996                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
2997 
2998         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
2999         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3000         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3001 
3002         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3003         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3004 
3005         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3006       }
3007     }
3008   }
3009 
3010   return Invalid;
3011 }
3012 
3013 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3014 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3015 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3016 static StorageClass
3017 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
3018   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3019   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3020   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
3021   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3022   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3023   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3024   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3025     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3026   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3027   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3028   }
3029   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3030 }
3031 
3032 /// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3033 /// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3034 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3035 static StorageClass
3036 StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) {
3037   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3038   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3039   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:         return SC_Extern;
3040   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3041   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3042     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3043   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           // Fall through.
3044   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3045   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       // Fall through.
3046   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3047   }
3048   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3049 }
3050 
3051 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3052 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3053 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3054 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3055 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3056                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3057                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
3058   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3059 
3060   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3061   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3062     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3063   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3064     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3065   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3066     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3067 
3068   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3069   // structs/unions.
3070   bool Invalid = false;
3071   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3072     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3073     unsigned DiagID;
3074     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3075       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3076       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3077       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3078       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3079           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3080            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3081             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3082         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3083           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3084 
3085         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3086         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3087                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3088       }
3089       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3090       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3091       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3092       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3093                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3094         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3095              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3096           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3097 
3098         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3099         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3100                                SourceLocation(),
3101                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3102       }
3103     }
3104 
3105     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3106     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3107       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3108         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3109           << Record->isUnion() << 0
3110           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3111       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3112         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3113              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3114           << Record->isUnion() << 1
3115           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3116       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3117         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3118              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3119           << Record->isUnion() << 2
3120           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3121 
3122       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3123     }
3124 
3125     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3126     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3127     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3128     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3129     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3130                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3131          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3132       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3133         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3134         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3135         //   members (clause 11).
3136         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3137         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3138           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3139             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3140           Invalid = true;
3141         }
3142 
3143         // C++ [class.union]p1
3144         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3145         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3146         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3147         //   array of such objects.
3148         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3149           Invalid = true;
3150       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3151         // Any implicit members are fine.
3152       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3153         // This is a type that showed up in an
3154         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3155         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3156         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3157       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3158         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3159             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3160           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3161           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3162             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3163               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3164           else {
3165             // This is a nested type declaration.
3166             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3167               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3168             Invalid = true;
3169           }
3170         }
3171       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3172         // Any access specifier is fine.
3173       } else {
3174         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3175         // member. Complain about it.
3176         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3177         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3178           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3179         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3180           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3181         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3182           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3183 
3184         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3185         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3186             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3187           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3188             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3189         else {
3190           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3191               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3192           Invalid = true;
3193         }
3194       }
3195     }
3196   }
3197 
3198   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3199     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3200       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3201     Invalid = true;
3202   }
3203 
3204   // Mock up a declarator.
3205   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3206   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3207   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3208 
3209   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3210   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3211   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3212     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3213                              DS.getLocStart(),
3214                              Record->getLocation(),
3215                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3216                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3217                              TInfo,
3218                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3219                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3220     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3221     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3222       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3223   } else {
3224     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3225     assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3226            "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3227     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3228     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3229       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3230       // an error here
3231       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3232       Invalid = true;
3233       SC = SC_None;
3234     }
3235     SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
3236     VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
3237       = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
3238 
3239     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3240                            DS.getLocStart(),
3241                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3242                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3243                            TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
3244 
3245     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3246     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3247     // initializer:
3248     //   union { int n = 0; };
3249     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3250   }
3251   Anon->setImplicit();
3252 
3253   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3254   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3255   // its members.
3256   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3257 
3258   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3259   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3260   // purposes.
3261   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3262   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3263 
3264   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3265                                           Chain, false))
3266     Invalid = true;
3267 
3268   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3269   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3270   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3271   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3272   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3273   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3274   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3275 
3276   if (Invalid)
3277     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3278 
3279   return Anon;
3280 }
3281 
3282 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3283 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3284 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3285 /// Example:
3286 ///
3287 /// struct A { int a; };
3288 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3289 ///
3290 /// void foo() {
3291 ///   B var;
3292 ///   var.a = 3;
3293 /// }
3294 ///
3295 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3296                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3297 
3298   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3299   if (!Record)
3300     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3301 
3302   // Mock up a declarator.
3303   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3304   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3305   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3306 
3307   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3308   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3309                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3310                              DS.getLocStart(),
3311                              DS.getLocStart(),
3312                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3313                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3314                              TInfo,
3315                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3316                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3317   Anon->setImplicit();
3318 
3319   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3320   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3321 
3322   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3323   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3324   // purposes.
3325   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3326   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3327 
3328   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3329   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3330                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3331                                                         Chain, true))
3332     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3333 
3334   return Anon;
3335 }
3336 
3337 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3338 /// given Declarator.
3339 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3340   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3341 }
3342 
3343 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3344 DeclarationNameInfo
3345 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3346   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3347   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3348 
3349   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3350 
3351   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3352   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3353     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3354     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3355     return NameInfo;
3356 
3357   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3358     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3359                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3360     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3361     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3362       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3363     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3364       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3365     return NameInfo;
3366 
3367   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3368     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3369                                                            Name.Identifier));
3370     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3371     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3372     return NameInfo;
3373 
3374   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3375     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3376     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3377     if (Ty.isNull())
3378       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3379     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3380                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3381     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3382     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3383     return NameInfo;
3384   }
3385 
3386   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3387     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3388     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3389     if (Ty.isNull())
3390       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3391     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3392                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3393     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3394     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3395     return NameInfo;
3396   }
3397 
3398   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3399     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3400     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3401     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3402     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3403     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3404       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3405 
3406     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3407     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3408 
3409     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3410     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3411     // was qualified.
3412 
3413     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3414                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3415     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3416     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3417     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3418     return NameInfo;
3419   }
3420 
3421   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3422     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3423     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3424     if (Ty.isNull())
3425       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3426     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3427                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3428     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3429     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3430     return NameInfo;
3431   }
3432 
3433   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3434     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3435     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3436     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3437   }
3438 
3439   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3440 
3441   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3442 }
3443 
3444 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3445   do {
3446     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3447       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3448     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3449       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3450     else
3451       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3452   } while (true);
3453 }
3454 
3455 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3456 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3457 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3458 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3459 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3460 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3461 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3462 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3463                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3464                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3465                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3466   Params.clear();
3467   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3468     return false;
3469   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3470     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3471     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3472 
3473     // The parameter types are identical
3474     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3475       continue;
3476 
3477     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3478     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3479     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3480     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3481 
3482     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3483         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3484       Params.push_back(Idx);
3485     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3486       return false;
3487   }
3488 
3489   return true;
3490 }
3491 
3492 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3493 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3494 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3495 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3496 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3497 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3498                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3499   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3500   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3501   //   - types which will become injected class names
3502   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3503   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3504   // few cases here.
3505 
3506   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3507   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3508   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3509   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3510   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3511   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3512     // Grab the type from the parser.
3513     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3514     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3515     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3516 
3517     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3518     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3519     // attached already.
3520     if (!TSI)
3521       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3522 
3523     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3524     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3525     if (!TSI) return true;
3526 
3527     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3528     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3529     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3530     break;
3531   }
3532 
3533   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3534   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3535     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3536     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3537     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3538     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3539     break;
3540   }
3541 
3542   default:
3543     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3544     break;
3545   }
3546 
3547   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3548   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3549     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3550 
3551     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3552     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3553     // pointer.
3554     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3555       continue;
3556 
3557     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3558     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3559     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3560       return true;
3561   }
3562 
3563   return false;
3564 }
3565 
3566 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3567   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3568   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3569 
3570   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3571       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3572     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3573 
3574   return Dcl;
3575 }
3576 
3577 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3578 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3579 ///   name different from T:
3580 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3581 ///     - every member function of class T
3582 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3583 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3584 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3585                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3586   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3587 
3588   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3589     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3590       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3591       return true;
3592     }
3593 
3594   return false;
3595 }
3596 
3597 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
3598 /// nested-name-specifier.
3599 ///
3600 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3601 ///
3602 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
3603 /// resolves.
3604 ///
3605 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
3606 ///
3607 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
3608 ///
3609 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
3610 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
3611                                         DeclarationName Name,
3612                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
3613   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3614   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3615     Cur = Cur->getParent();
3616 
3617   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3618   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
3619   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
3620   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
3621   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
3622   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
3623   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
3624   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
3625 
3626   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
3627   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
3628   //
3629   // class X {
3630   //   void X::f();
3631   // };
3632   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
3633     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
3634                                    : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
3635       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
3636     SS.clear();
3637     return false;
3638   }
3639 
3640   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
3641   // declaration.
3642   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3643     if (Cur->isRecord())
3644       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3645         << Name << SS.getRange();
3646     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
3647       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3648         << Name << SS.getRange();
3649     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3650       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
3651         << Name << SS.getRange();
3652     else
3653       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
3654       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
3655 
3656     return true;
3657   }
3658 
3659   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
3660     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
3661     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3662       << Name << SS.getRange();
3663     SS.clear();
3664 
3665     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
3666     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
3667     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
3668     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
3669          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
3670         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
3671                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
3672       return true;
3673 
3674     return false;
3675   }
3676 
3677   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
3678   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
3679   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
3680   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
3681   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
3682     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
3683   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
3684         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
3685     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
3686       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
3687 
3688   return false;
3689 }
3690 
3691 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
3692                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
3693   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
3694   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
3695   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3696 
3697   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
3698   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
3699   if (!Name) {
3700     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
3701       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
3702            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
3703         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
3704     return 0;
3705   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
3706     return 0;
3707 
3708   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
3709   // we find one that is.
3710   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
3711          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
3712     S = S->getParent();
3713 
3714   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
3715   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
3716     D.setInvalidType();
3717   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3718     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
3719                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
3720       return 0;
3721 
3722     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
3723     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
3724     if (!DC) {
3725       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
3726       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
3727       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
3728       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
3729       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3730            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
3731         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
3732         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3733       return 0;
3734     }
3735     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
3736 
3737     if (!IsDependentContext &&
3738         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
3739       return 0;
3740 
3741     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
3742       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3743            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
3744         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
3745       D.setInvalidType();
3746     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
3747       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
3748                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
3749         if (DC->isRecord())
3750           return 0;
3751 
3752         D.setInvalidType();
3753       }
3754     }
3755 
3756     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
3757     // declaration in the current instantiation.
3758     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
3759         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
3760       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
3761       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
3762         D.setInvalidType();
3763     }
3764   }
3765 
3766   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
3767     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
3768     // Just return early; it's safer.
3769     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3770       return 0;
3771 
3772   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
3773   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
3774 
3775   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
3776                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
3777     D.setInvalidType();
3778 
3779   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
3780                         ForRedeclaration);
3781 
3782   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
3783   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
3784     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
3785 
3786     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
3787     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
3788     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
3789     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3790       /* Do nothing*/;
3791     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3792       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3793           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3794         IsLinkageLookup = true;
3795     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
3796       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3797     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
3798              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
3799       IsLinkageLookup = true;
3800 
3801     if (IsLinkageLookup)
3802       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
3803 
3804     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
3805   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
3806     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
3807 
3808     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3809     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
3810     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
3811     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
3812     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
3813     //  thereof; [...]
3814     //
3815     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
3816     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
3817     // we want to match. For example, given:
3818     //
3819     //   class X {
3820     //     void f();
3821     //     void f(float);
3822     //   };
3823     //
3824     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
3825     //
3826     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
3827     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
3828     // matches.
3829 
3830     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3831     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
3832     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
3833     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3834     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
3835   }
3836 
3837   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
3838       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
3839     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
3840     if (!D.isInvalidType())
3841       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
3842                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
3843 
3844     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
3845     Previous.clear();
3846   }
3847 
3848   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
3849   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
3850   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
3851   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
3852   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
3853       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3854     Previous.clear();
3855 
3856   NamedDecl *New;
3857 
3858   bool AddToScope = true;
3859   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3860     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
3861       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
3862       return 0;
3863     }
3864 
3865     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
3866   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
3867     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3868                                   TemplateParamLists,
3869                                   AddToScope);
3870   } else {
3871     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
3872                                   TemplateParamLists);
3873   }
3874 
3875   if (New == 0)
3876     return 0;
3877 
3878   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
3879   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
3880   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
3881        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
3882     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
3883 
3884   return New;
3885 }
3886 
3887 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
3888 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
3889 /// GCC compatibility).
3890 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
3891                                                     ASTContext &Context,
3892                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
3893                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3894   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
3895   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
3896   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
3897   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
3898   SizeIsNegative = false;
3899   Oversized = 0;
3900 
3901   if (T->isDependentType())
3902     return QualType();
3903 
3904   QualifierCollector Qs;
3905   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
3906 
3907   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
3908     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
3909     QualType FixedType =
3910         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3911                                             Oversized);
3912     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3913     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
3914     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3915   }
3916   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
3917     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
3918     QualType FixedType =
3919         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
3920                                             Oversized);
3921     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
3922     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
3923     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
3924   }
3925 
3926   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
3927   if (!VLATy)
3928     return QualType();
3929   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
3930   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
3931     return QualType();
3932 
3933   llvm::APSInt Res;
3934   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
3935       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
3936     return QualType();
3937 
3938   // Check whether the array size is negative.
3939   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
3940     SizeIsNegative = true;
3941     return QualType();
3942   }
3943 
3944   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
3945   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
3946     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
3947                                               Res);
3948   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
3949     Oversized = Res;
3950     return QualType();
3951   }
3952 
3953   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
3954                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
3955 }
3956 
3957 static void
3958 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
3959   if (PointerTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) {
3960     PointerTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<PointerTypeLoc>(&DstTL);
3961     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getPointeeLoc(),
3962                                       DstPTL->getPointeeLoc());
3963     DstPTL->setStarLoc(SrcPTL->getStarLoc());
3964     return;
3965   }
3966   if (ParenTypeLoc* SrcPTL = dyn_cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&SrcTL)) {
3967     ParenTypeLoc* DstPTL = cast<ParenTypeLoc>(&DstTL);
3968     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL->getInnerLoc(),
3969                                       DstPTL->getInnerLoc());
3970     DstPTL->setLParenLoc(SrcPTL->getLParenLoc());
3971     DstPTL->setRParenLoc(SrcPTL->getRParenLoc());
3972     return;
3973   }
3974   ArrayTypeLoc* SrcATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&SrcTL);
3975   ArrayTypeLoc* DstATL = cast<ArrayTypeLoc>(&DstTL);
3976   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL->getElementLoc();
3977   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL->getElementLoc();
3978   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
3979   DstATL->setLBracketLoc(SrcATL->getLBracketLoc());
3980   DstATL->setSizeExpr(SrcATL->getSizeExpr());
3981   DstATL->setRBracketLoc(SrcATL->getRBracketLoc());
3982 }
3983 
3984 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
3985 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
3986 /// GCC compatibility).
3987 static TypeSourceInfo*
3988 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3989                                               ASTContext &Context,
3990                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
3991                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
3992   QualType FixedTy
3993     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
3994                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
3995   if (FixedTy.isNull())
3996     return 0;
3997   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
3998   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
3999                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4000   return FixedTInfo;
4001 }
4002 
4003 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4004 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
4005 void
4006 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
4007                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
4008                                        Scope *S) {
4009   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4010          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
4011   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4012   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4013 
4014   if (!Previous.isSingleResult())
4015     return;
4016 
4017   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
4018 
4019   // If there was a previous declaration of this entity, it may be in
4020   // our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new
4021   // declaration.
4022   if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) {
4023     // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver
4024     // chain, so remove it from its scope.
4025 
4026     if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
4027       // Special case for redeclarations in the SAME scope.
4028       // Because this declaration is going to be added to the identifier chain
4029       // later, we should temporarily take it OFF the chain.
4030       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ND);
4031 
4032     } else {
4033       // Find the scope for the original declaration.
4034       while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl))
4035         S = S->getParent();
4036     }
4037 
4038     if (S)
4039       S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl);
4040   }
4041 }
4042 
4043 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
4044 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4045   if (ExternalSource) {
4046     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4047     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4048     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4049     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4050       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4051         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4052       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4053         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4054     }
4055   }
4056 
4057   return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name);
4058 }
4059 
4060 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4061 /// does not identify a function.
4062 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) {
4063   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4064   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4065   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
4066     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
4067          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4068 
4069   if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified())
4070     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4071          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4072 
4073   if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified())
4074     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4075          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4076 }
4077 
4078 NamedDecl*
4079 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4080                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4081   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4082   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4083     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4084       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4085     D.setInvalidType();
4086     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4087     DC = CurContext;
4088     Previous.clear();
4089   }
4090 
4091   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4092     // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4093     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4094   }
4095 
4096   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4097 
4098   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
4099     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
4100   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4101     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4102       << 1;
4103 
4104   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4105     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4106       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4107     return 0;
4108   }
4109 
4110   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4111   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4112 
4113   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4114   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4115 
4116   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4117 
4118   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4119   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4120   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4121   return ND;
4122 }
4123 
4124 void
4125 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4126   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4127   // then it shall have block scope.
4128   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4129   // that redeclarations will match.
4130   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4131   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4132   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4133     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4134 
4135     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4136       bool SizeIsNegative;
4137       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4138       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4139         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4140                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4141                                                       Oversized);
4142       if (FixedTInfo) {
4143         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4144         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4145       } else {
4146         if (SizeIsNegative)
4147           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4148         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4149           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4150         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4151           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4152             << Oversized.toString(10);
4153         else
4154           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4155         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4156       }
4157     }
4158   }
4159 }
4160 
4161 
4162 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4163 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4164 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4165 NamedDecl*
4166 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4167                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4168   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4169   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4170   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4171                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4172   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4173   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4174     Redeclaration = true;
4175     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4176   }
4177 
4178   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4179   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4180     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4181         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4182       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4183         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4184       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4185         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4186       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4187         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4188       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4189         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4190     }
4191 
4192   return NewTD;
4193 }
4194 
4195 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4196 /// previous declaration.
4197 ///
4198 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4199 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4200 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4201 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4202 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4203 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4204 ///
4205 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4206 /// lookup
4207 ///
4208 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4209 /// declared.
4210 ///
4211 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4212 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4213 static bool
4214 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4215                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4216   if (!PrevDecl)
4217     return false;
4218 
4219   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4220     return false;
4221 
4222   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4223     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4224     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4225     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4226     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4227     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4228     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4229     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4230     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4231       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4232       return false;
4233 
4234     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4235     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4236       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4237       return false;
4238 
4239     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4240     // previous declarations.
4241     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4242     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4243 
4244     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4245     // isn't the same function.
4246     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4247       return false;
4248   }
4249 
4250   return true;
4251 }
4252 
4253 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4254   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4255   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4256   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4257 }
4258 
4259 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4260   QualType type = decl->getType();
4261   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4262   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4263     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4264     unsigned kind = -1U;
4265     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4266       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4267         kind = 0; // __block
4268       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4269         kind = 1; // global
4270     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4271       kind = 3; // ivar
4272     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4273       kind = 2; // field
4274     }
4275 
4276     if (kind != -1U) {
4277       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4278         << kind;
4279     }
4280   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4281     // Try to infer lifetime.
4282     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4283       return false;
4284 
4285     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4286     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4287     decl->setType(type);
4288   }
4289 
4290   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4291     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4292     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4293         var->isThreadSpecified()) {
4294       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4295         << var->getType();
4296       return true;
4297     }
4298   }
4299 
4300   return false;
4301 }
4302 
4303 NamedDecl*
4304 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4305                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4306                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4307   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4308   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4309 
4310   // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
4311   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4312     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4313 
4314   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4315   assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4316          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4317   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4318   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4319     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4320     // an error here
4321     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4322     D.setInvalidType();
4323     SC = SC_None;
4324   }
4325   SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
4326   VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
4327     = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
4328 
4329   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4330   if (!II) {
4331     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4332       << Name;
4333     return 0;
4334   }
4335 
4336   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
4337 
4338   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4339     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4340     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4341     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4342 
4343       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4344       // is a GNU extension.
4345       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4346         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4347       else
4348         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4349       D.setInvalidType();
4350     }
4351   }
4352 
4353   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4354     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4355     // OpenCL __local address space.
4356     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
4357       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4358       SCAsWritten = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4359     }
4360   }
4361 
4362   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4363   VarDecl *NewVD;
4364   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4365     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4366                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4367                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4368 
4369     if (D.isInvalidType())
4370       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4371   } else {
4372     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4373       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4374       if (SC == SC_Static) {
4375         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4376              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4377           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4378       } else if (SC == SC_None)
4379         SC = SC_Static;
4380     }
4381     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4382       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4383         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4384           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4385                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4386             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4387 
4388         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4389         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4390         if (RD->isUnion())
4391           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4392                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
4393                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4394                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4395         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4396         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4397           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4398                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4399             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4400       }
4401     }
4402 
4403     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4404     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4405     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4406     bool Invalid = false;
4407     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4408         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4409                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4410                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4411                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4412                                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
4413                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4414                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
4415                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4416                                                   Invalid)) {
4417       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4418         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
4419         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
4420           << II
4421           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4422                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4423         return 0;
4424       } else {
4425         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
4426         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
4427         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4428              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
4429           << II
4430           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4431                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4432       }
4433     }
4434 
4435     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4436                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4437                             R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten);
4438 
4439     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
4440     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
4441     if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto &&
4442         R->getContainedAutoType())
4443       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
4444 
4445     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
4446       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4447 
4448     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
4449 
4450     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4451       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4452                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
4453                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
4454     }
4455 
4456     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4457       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
4458   }
4459 
4460   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
4461   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4462   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4463 
4464   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) {
4465     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4466       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global);
4467     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4468       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4469     else
4470       NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true);
4471   }
4472 
4473   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4474     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4475       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4476         << 2
4477         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4478     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4479       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4480         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4481         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4482         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4483     else
4484       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4485   }
4486 
4487   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4488   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4489 
4490   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
4491     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
4492     // storage [duration]."
4493     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
4494         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
4495          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
4496       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
4497       NewVD->setStorageClassAsWritten(SC_Static);
4498     }
4499   }
4500 
4501   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4502   // retainable type.
4503   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4504     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4505 
4506   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4507   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4508     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4509     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4510     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4511     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4512       switch (SC) {
4513       case SC_None:
4514       case SC_Auto:
4515         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4516         break;
4517       case SC_Register:
4518         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4519           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4520         break;
4521       case SC_Static:
4522       case SC_Extern:
4523       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4524       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4525         break;
4526       }
4527     }
4528 
4529     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4530                                                 Context, Label));
4531   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
4532     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
4533       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
4534     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
4535       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
4536       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
4537     }
4538   }
4539 
4540   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
4541   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
4542     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
4543 
4544   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
4545   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
4546   // declaration has linkage).
4547   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(),
4548                        isExplicitSpecialization);
4549 
4550   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4551     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4552   } else {
4553     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
4554     if (!Previous.empty()) {
4555       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4556           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
4557           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4558         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
4559         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4560         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
4561           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4562         Previous.clear();
4563         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4564       }
4565     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4566       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
4567       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
4568         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
4569         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4570       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4571     }
4572 
4573     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
4574 
4575     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
4576     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4577         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
4578       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4579   }
4580 
4581   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
4582   // such variables.
4583   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
4584       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4585     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
4586 
4587   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
4588   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
4589   if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
4590     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD);
4591 
4592   return NewVD;
4593 }
4594 
4595 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
4596 /// -Wshadow.
4597 ///
4598 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
4599 /// scope.
4600 ///
4601 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
4602 /// \param R the lookup of the name
4603 ///
4604 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
4605   // Return if warning is ignored.
4606   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
4607         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4608     return;
4609 
4610   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
4611   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
4612     return;
4613 
4614   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
4615 
4616   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
4617   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
4618     return;
4619 
4620   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
4621   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4622     return;
4623 
4624   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
4625   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4626     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
4627       if (MD->isStatic())
4628         return;
4629 
4630   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4631     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
4632       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
4633       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
4634       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
4635              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
4636            I != E; ++I)
4637         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
4638           ShadowedDecl = *I;
4639           break;
4640         }
4641     }
4642 
4643   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
4644 
4645   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
4646   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
4647     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
4648     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
4649       return;
4650 
4651     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
4652     // static data members from base classes?
4653 
4654     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
4655     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
4656     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
4657   }
4658 
4659   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
4660   unsigned Kind;
4661   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
4662     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
4663       Kind = 3; // field
4664     else
4665       Kind = 2; // static data member
4666   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
4667     Kind = 1; // global
4668   else
4669     Kind = 0; // local
4670 
4671   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
4672 
4673   // Emit warning and note.
4674   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
4675   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4676 }
4677 
4678 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
4679 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
4680   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
4681         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
4682     return;
4683 
4684   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
4685                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
4686   LookupName(R, S);
4687   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
4688 }
4689 
4690 template<typename T>
4691 static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) {
4692   VarDecl::StorageClass SC = ND->getStorageClass();
4693   if (ND->hasCLanguageLinkage() && (SC == SC_Extern || SC == SC_PrivateExtern))
4694     return true;
4695   return ND->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4696 }
4697 
4698 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
4699 /// declaration.
4700 ///
4701 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
4702 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
4703 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
4704 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
4705 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
4706 ///
4707 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
4708 ///
4709 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
4710 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
4711                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
4712   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
4713   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
4714     return false;
4715 
4716   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4717   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4718 
4719   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
4720     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
4721       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
4722     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
4723     NewVD->setType(T);
4724   }
4725 
4726   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
4727   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
4728   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
4729   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
4730   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
4731     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
4732     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4733     return false;
4734   }
4735 
4736   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
4737   // scope.
4738   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
4739       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
4740     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
4741     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4742     return false;
4743   }
4744 
4745   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
4746       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4747     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
4748       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
4749     else {
4750       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
4751       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
4752     }
4753   }
4754 
4755   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
4756   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
4757       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4758     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4759 
4760   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
4761       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
4762     bool SizeIsNegative;
4763     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4764     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4765       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4766                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4767     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
4768       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
4769       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
4770       // int a[10][n];
4771       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
4772 
4773       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4774         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
4775         << SizeRange;
4776       else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
4777         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
4778         << SizeRange;
4779       else
4780         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
4781         << SizeRange;
4782       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4783       return false;
4784     }
4785 
4786     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
4787       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
4788         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4789       else
4790         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
4791       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4792       return false;
4793     }
4794 
4795     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4796     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
4797     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4798   }
4799 
4800   if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) {
4801     // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
4802     // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
4803     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4804       = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
4805     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4806       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
4807   }
4808 
4809   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
4810   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
4811 
4812   if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
4813     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
4814       << T;
4815     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4816     return false;
4817   }
4818 
4819   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4820     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
4821     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4822     return false;
4823   }
4824 
4825   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
4826     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
4827     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4828     return false;
4829   }
4830 
4831   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
4832       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
4833                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
4834     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4835     return false;
4836   }
4837 
4838   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4839     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
4840     return true;
4841   }
4842   return false;
4843 }
4844 
4845 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
4846 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
4847   Sema *S;
4848   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
4849 };
4850 
4851 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
4852 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
4853 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
4854 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
4855                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
4856                                  void *UserData) {
4857   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
4858 
4859   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
4860     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
4861 
4862   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
4863 
4864   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
4865   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
4866     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
4867     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
4868     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
4869 
4870     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
4871   }
4872 
4873   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
4874        !Path.Decls.empty();
4875        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
4876     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
4877     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
4878       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
4879         return true;
4880     }
4881   }
4882 
4883   return false;
4884 }
4885 
4886 namespace {
4887   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
4888 }
4889 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
4890 /// overriden methods.
4891 ///
4892 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
4893 /// \param MD the overriding method.
4894 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
4895 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4896                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
4897   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
4898   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
4899                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
4900        I != E; ++I) {
4901     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
4902     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
4903     // out the diag loop 3 times.
4904     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
4905         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
4906         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
4907       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
4908   }
4909 }
4910 
4911 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
4912 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
4913 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
4914   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
4915   CXXBasePaths Paths;
4916   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
4917   Data.Method = MD;
4918   Data.S = this;
4919   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
4920   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
4921   bool AddedAny = false;
4922   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
4923     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
4924          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4925       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
4926         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
4927         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
4928             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
4929             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
4930             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
4931           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
4932           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
4933           AddedAny = true;
4934         }
4935       }
4936     }
4937   }
4938 
4939   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
4940     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
4941   }
4942   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
4943     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
4944   }
4945 
4946   return AddedAny;
4947 }
4948 
4949 namespace {
4950   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
4951   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
4952   struct ActOnFDArgs {
4953     Scope *S;
4954     Declarator &D;
4955     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
4956     bool AddToScope;
4957   };
4958 }
4959 
4960 namespace {
4961 
4962 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
4963 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
4964 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
4965  public:
4966   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
4967                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
4968       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
4969         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
4970 
4971   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
4972     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
4973       return false;
4974 
4975     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
4976     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
4977                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
4978          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
4979       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
4980 
4981       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
4982           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
4983         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
4984           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
4985           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
4986             return true;
4987         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
4988           return true;
4989         }
4990       }
4991     }
4992 
4993     return false;
4994   }
4995 
4996  private:
4997   ASTContext &Context;
4998   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
4999   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
5000 };
5001 
5002 }
5003 
5004 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
5005 ///
5006 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
5007 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
5008 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
5009 /// the same name.
5010 ///
5011 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
5012 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
5013 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
5014     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5015     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
5016   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
5017   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
5018   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
5019   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
5020                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5021   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5022   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
5023   TypoCorrection Correction;
5024   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5025                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
5026   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
5027                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
5028 
5029   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5030   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
5031   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
5032          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
5033   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
5034   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
5035                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
5036   if (!Prev.empty()) {
5037     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
5038          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5039       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
5040       if (FD &&
5041           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5042         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
5043         // involve a parameter
5044         unsigned ParamNum =
5045             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
5046         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
5047       }
5048     }
5049   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
5050   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
5051                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
5052                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
5053     // Trap errors.
5054     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
5055 
5056     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
5057     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
5058                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
5059     Previous.clear();
5060     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
5061     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
5062                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
5063          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5064       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5065       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5066           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5067         Previous.addDecl(FD);
5068       }
5069     }
5070     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
5071     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
5072     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
5073     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
5074     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
5075         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
5076         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
5077         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
5078         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
5079     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
5080       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
5081       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
5082                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
5083       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
5084       Previous.clear();
5085       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
5086       Result = NULL;
5087     } else {
5088       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
5089                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
5090            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5091         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
5092           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
5093       }
5094     }
5095     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
5096       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
5097       Correction = TypoCorrection();
5098     } else {
5099       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
5100                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
5101     }
5102   }
5103 
5104   if (Correction) {
5105     // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range
5106     // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in
5107     // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix
5108     // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good.
5109     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
5110     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5111     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
5112       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
5113     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
5114         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
5115         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5116             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
5117   } else {
5118     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
5119         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
5120   }
5121 
5122   bool NewFDisConst = false;
5123   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5124     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
5125 
5126   for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
5127        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
5128        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
5129     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
5130     bool FDisConst = false;
5131     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
5132       FDisConst = MD->isConst();
5133 
5134     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
5135       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
5136       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
5137       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
5138       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
5139           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
5140     } else if (Correction) {
5141       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
5142           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
5143     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
5144       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
5145           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
5146     } else
5147       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
5148   }
5149   return Result;
5150 }
5151 
5152 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
5153                                                           Declarator &D) {
5154   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
5155   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
5156   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
5157   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
5158   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
5159     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5160                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
5161     D.setInvalidType();
5162     break;
5163   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
5164   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern;
5165   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
5166     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5167       // C99 6.7.1p5:
5168       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
5169       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
5170       //   other than extern
5171       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
5172       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5173                    diag::err_static_block_func);
5174       break;
5175     } else
5176       return SC_Static;
5177   }
5178   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
5179   }
5180 
5181   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
5182   return SC_None;
5183 }
5184 
5185 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
5186                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
5187                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5188                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
5189                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
5190   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5191   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5192 
5193   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
5194   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5195   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten();
5196   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten
5197     = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec);
5198 
5199   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5200     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5201     // prototype. This true when:
5202     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
5203     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
5204     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
5205     bool HasPrototype =
5206       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
5207       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
5208 
5209     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5210                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5211                                  TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5212                                  HasPrototype);
5213     if (D.isInvalidType())
5214       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5215 
5216     // Set the lexical context.
5217     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
5218 
5219     return NewFD;
5220   }
5221 
5222   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5223   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5224 
5225   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
5226   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
5227   // the class has been completely parsed.
5228   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
5229       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5230                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
5231                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5232                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
5233     D.setInvalidType();
5234 
5235   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
5236     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
5237     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
5238            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
5239 
5240     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5241     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5242                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5243                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
5244                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
5245                                       isConstexpr);
5246 
5247   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5248     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
5249     if (DC->isRecord()) {
5250       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5251       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5252       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
5253                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
5254                                         D.getLocStart(),
5255                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
5256                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
5257 
5258       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
5259       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
5260       // it yet.
5261       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
5262           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
5263           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
5264         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
5265       }
5266 
5267       IsVirtualOkay = true;
5268       return NewDD;
5269 
5270     } else {
5271       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
5272       D.setInvalidType();
5273 
5274       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
5275       // code path.
5276       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5277                                   D.getLocStart(),
5278                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
5279                                   SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5280                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
5281     }
5282 
5283   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
5284     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
5285       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5286            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
5287       return 0;
5288     }
5289 
5290     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5291     IsVirtualOkay = true;
5292     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5293                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5294                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
5295                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5296 
5297   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
5298     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
5299     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
5300     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
5301     // constructor if it has no return type).
5302     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
5303         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
5304       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
5305         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
5306         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5307       return 0;
5308     }
5309 
5310     bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static;
5311 
5312     // [class.free]p1:
5313     // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member
5314     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5315     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
5316         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New)
5317       isStatic = true;
5318 
5319     // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member
5320     // (even if not explicitly declared static).
5321     if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
5322         Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)
5323       isStatic = true;
5324 
5325     IsVirtualOkay = !isStatic;
5326 
5327     // This is a C++ method declaration.
5328     return CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5329                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5330                                  TInfo, isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5331                                  isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5332 
5333   } else {
5334     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5335     // prototype. This true when:
5336     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
5337     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5338                                 D.getLocStart(),
5339                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline,
5340                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
5341   }
5342 }
5343 
5344 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
5345   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5346   // typedef of void is not permitted.
5347   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5348       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5349     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5350     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5351       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5352     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5353                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5354       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5355     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5356       << IsTypeAlias;
5357   }
5358 }
5359 
5360 NamedDecl*
5361 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5362                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5363                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5364                               bool &AddToScope) {
5365   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5366 
5367   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
5368 
5369   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5370   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5371   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5372   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
5373 
5374   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
5375     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
5376 
5377   // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5378   if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) {
5379     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5380          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0
5381     << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()
5382     << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(D.getIdentifierLoc(), "*");
5383 
5384     QualType T = R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType();
5385     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5386     if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
5387       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5388       R = Context.getFunctionType(T, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5389                                   FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
5390     }
5391     else if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(R))
5392       R = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(T);
5393   }
5394 
5395   bool isFriend = false;
5396   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
5397   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5398   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5399 
5400   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
5401   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5402   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5403 
5404   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
5405 
5406   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
5407                                               isVirtualOkay);
5408   if (!NewFD) return 0;
5409 
5410   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
5411     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5412 
5413   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5414     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5415     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
5416     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5417     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5418     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5419     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5420       // C++ [class.friend]p5
5421       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
5422       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
5423       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5424     }
5425 
5426     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
5427     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
5428     // return true).
5429     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
5430           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
5431       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
5432         NewFD->setPure(true);
5433     }
5434 
5435     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
5436     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5437     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5438     if (D.isInvalidType())
5439       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5440 
5441     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
5442     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
5443     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5444     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5445 
5446     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5447     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5448     bool Invalid = false;
5449     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5450           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5451                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5452                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5453                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5454                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
5455                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
5456                                   isFriend,
5457                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
5458                                   Invalid)) {
5459       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
5460         // This is a function template
5461 
5462         // Check that we can declare a template here.
5463         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5464           return 0;
5465 
5466         // A destructor cannot be a template.
5467         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5468           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
5469           return 0;
5470         }
5471 
5472         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
5473         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
5474         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
5475         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
5476           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5477           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
5478             Invalid = true;
5479         }
5480 
5481 
5482         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
5483                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
5484                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
5485                                                         NewFD);
5486         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5487         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
5488 
5489         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
5490         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
5491           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5492                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
5493                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
5494         }
5495       } else {
5496         // This is a function template specialization.
5497         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5498         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5499         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5500                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5501                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
5502 
5503         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
5504         if (isFriend) {
5505           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
5506           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
5507 
5508           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
5509           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
5510           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
5511           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
5512           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
5513           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
5514           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5515             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
5516             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
5517           }
5518 
5519           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
5520             << Name << RemoveRange
5521             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
5522             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
5523         }
5524       }
5525     }
5526     else {
5527       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
5528       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
5529       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
5530         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
5531         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
5532                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
5533                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
5534     }
5535 
5536     if (Invalid) {
5537       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5538       if (FunctionTemplate)
5539         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5540     }
5541 
5542     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
5543     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
5544     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
5545     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
5546     //
5547     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5548       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
5549         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5550              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
5551       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5552         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
5553         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5554              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
5555           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5556       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
5557         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
5558         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
5559         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
5560              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
5561           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
5562       } else {
5563         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
5564         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
5565       }
5566     }
5567 
5568     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
5569     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
5570     //  declaration.
5571     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5572       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5573         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
5574         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
5575              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
5576           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
5577       }
5578     }
5579 
5580     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
5581     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
5582     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
5583     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
5584     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5585       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
5586         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
5587         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5588              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
5589           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5590       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
5591                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
5592         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
5593         // or conversion function.
5594         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
5595              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
5596           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
5597       }
5598     }
5599 
5600     if (isConstexpr) {
5601       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
5602       // are implicitly inline.
5603       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5604 
5605       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
5606       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
5607       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
5608       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
5609         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
5610     }
5611 
5612     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
5613     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5614       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5615         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
5616           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
5617         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5618           << 0
5619           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
5620       } else {
5621         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
5622         if (FunctionTemplate)
5623           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5624       }
5625     }
5626 
5627     if (isFriend) {
5628       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
5629       if (FunctionTemplate) {
5630         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5631         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
5632       }
5633       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
5634       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5635     }
5636 
5637     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
5638     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
5639       case FDK_Declaration:
5640       case FDK_Definition:
5641         break;
5642 
5643       case FDK_Defaulted:
5644         NewFD->setDefaulted();
5645         break;
5646 
5647       case FDK_Deleted:
5648         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
5649         break;
5650     }
5651 
5652     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
5653         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5654       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
5655       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
5656       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
5657       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5658     }
5659 
5660     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
5661         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5662       // C++ [class.static]p1:
5663       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
5664       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
5665       //   the class.
5666 
5667       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
5668       // member function definition.
5669       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5670            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5671         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5672     }
5673 
5674     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
5675     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
5676     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
5677     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
5678     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
5679          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
5680         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
5681       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5682       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
5683       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
5684                                              FPT->arg_type_begin(),
5685                                              FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI));
5686     }
5687   }
5688 
5689   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
5690   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(),
5691                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
5692                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
5693 
5694   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5695   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
5696     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5697     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5698     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
5699                                                 SE->getString()));
5700   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5701     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5702       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
5703     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5704       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
5705       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5706     }
5707   }
5708 
5709   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
5710   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
5711   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
5712   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
5713     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
5714 
5715     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
5716     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
5717     // single void argument.
5718     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
5719     // already checks for that case.
5720     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
5721         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
5722         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
5723       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
5724       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
5725     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
5726       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
5727         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
5728         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
5729         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
5730         Params.push_back(Param);
5731 
5732         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
5733           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5734       }
5735     }
5736 
5737   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
5738     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
5739     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
5740     // parameters for use in the declaration.
5741     //
5742     // @code
5743     // typedef void fn(int);
5744     // fn f;
5745     // @endcode
5746 
5747     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
5748     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
5749          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
5750       ParmVarDecl *Param =
5751         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
5752       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
5753       Params.push_back(Param);
5754     }
5755   } else {
5756     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
5757            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
5758   }
5759 
5760   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
5761   NewFD->setParams(Params);
5762 
5763   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
5764   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
5765   //
5766   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
5767   //
5768   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
5769   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
5770   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
5771 
5772   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
5773   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5774                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
5775 
5776   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
5777   // because all functions have linkage.
5778   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5779       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5780     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
5781     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5782   }
5783 
5784   // Handle attributes.
5785   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
5786                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
5787 
5788   QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType();
5789   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
5790       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
5791   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
5792       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
5793     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
5794     if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) {
5795       NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(),
5796                                                         Context));
5797     }
5798   }
5799 
5800   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5801     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5802     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
5803     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5804       if (NewFD->isMain())
5805         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5806       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5807                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
5808     }
5809     // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
5810     else if (!Previous.empty())
5811            D.setRedeclaration(true);
5812     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5813             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5814            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5815   } else {
5816     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
5817     // argument list into our AST format.
5818     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5819       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
5820       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
5821       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5822       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
5823                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
5824       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
5825                                  TemplateArgs);
5826 
5827       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5828 
5829       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5830         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5831       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
5832         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
5833         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
5834           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
5835 
5836         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5837       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
5838                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5839         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
5840         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
5841         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
5842         // too few of them).
5843         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
5844           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
5845           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
5846                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5847                                         "template<> ");
5848         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5849       } else {
5850         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
5851         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
5852       }
5853     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5854       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
5855       // wrote something like:
5856       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
5857       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
5858       //   friend void foo<>(int);
5859       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
5860       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
5861         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5862       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5863     }
5864 
5865     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
5866     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
5867     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
5868     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
5869     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
5870     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
5871         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
5872          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
5873             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
5874             InstantiationDependent))) {
5875       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
5876              "friend function specialization without template args");
5877       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
5878                                                        Previous))
5879         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5880     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
5881       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
5882           && !isFriend) {
5883         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
5884         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
5885           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
5886           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
5887           << NewFD->getDeclName();
5888       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
5889                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
5890                                                      Previous))
5891         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5892 
5893       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
5894       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
5895       //   specialization (14.7.3)
5896       if (SC != SC_None) {
5897         if (SC != NewFD->getStorageClass())
5898           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5899                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
5900             << SC
5901             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5902                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5903 
5904         else
5905           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
5906                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
5907             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5908                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5909       }
5910 
5911     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
5912       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
5913           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5914     }
5915 
5916     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
5917     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
5918       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5919         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
5920         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
5921         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5922           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
5923       } else {
5924         if (NewFD->isMain())
5925           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
5926         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
5927                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
5928       }
5929     }
5930 
5931     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
5932             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
5933            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
5934 
5935     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
5936                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
5937                                 : NewFD);
5938 
5939     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
5940       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
5941       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
5942         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
5943 
5944       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
5945       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
5946 
5947       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
5948     }
5949 
5950     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
5951         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
5952       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
5953 
5954     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
5955     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
5956     if (FunctionTemplate) {
5957       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
5958                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
5959       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
5960                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
5961                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
5962                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
5963                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
5964                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
5965                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
5966                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5967                                  DC->isDependentContext())
5968                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5969                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
5970     }
5971 
5972     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
5973       // Ignore all the rest of this.
5974     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
5975       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
5976                                        AddToScope };
5977       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
5978       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
5979         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
5980 
5981       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
5982       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5983         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
5984         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
5985 
5986         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
5987         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
5988         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
5989         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
5990         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
5991         // can actually do this check immediately.
5992         if (isFriend &&
5993             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
5994              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
5995              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
5996           // ignore these
5997         } else {
5998           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
5999           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
6000           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
6001           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
6002           //
6003           // class X {
6004           //   void f() const;
6005           // };
6006           //
6007           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
6008           //
6009           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
6010           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
6011           // whether the parameter types are references).
6012 
6013           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
6014                                                                NewFD,
6015                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
6016             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
6017             return Result;
6018           }
6019         }
6020 
6021         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
6022         // to something.
6023       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
6024         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
6025                                                              NewFD,
6026                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
6027           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
6028           return Result;
6029         }
6030       }
6031 
6032     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
6033                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
6034                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
6035       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
6036       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6037       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
6038       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
6039       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
6040       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
6041       // generate them.
6042       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
6043         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6044     }
6045   }
6046 
6047   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
6048 
6049   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
6050       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6051     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6052          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
6053       << NewFD;
6054 
6055     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
6056     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
6057     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
6058     EPI.Variadic = true;
6059     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
6060 
6061     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI);
6062     NewFD->setType(R);
6063   }
6064 
6065   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
6066   // member, set the visibility of this function.
6067   if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord())
6068     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
6069 
6070   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
6071   // marking the function.
6072   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
6073 
6074   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
6075   // map of such names.
6076   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
6077       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6078     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
6079 
6080   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
6081   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
6082 
6083   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6084     if (FunctionTemplate) {
6085       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6086         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6087       return FunctionTemplate;
6088     }
6089   }
6090 
6091   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
6092   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6093       && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()
6094       && (SC == SC_Static)) {
6095     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
6096     D.setInvalidType();
6097   }
6098 
6099   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
6100 
6101   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
6102     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
6103       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6104           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6105         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
6106           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
6107             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
6108 
6109           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
6110         }
6111       }
6112 
6113   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
6114   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
6115   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
6116   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
6117     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
6118                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
6119                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
6120                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
6121                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
6122     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
6123     AddToScope = false;
6124   }
6125 
6126   return NewFD;
6127 }
6128 
6129 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
6130 ///
6131 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
6132 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
6133 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
6134 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
6135 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
6136 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
6137 /// via InstantiateDecl).
6138 ///
6139 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
6140 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
6141 ///
6142 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
6143 ///
6144 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
6145 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6146                                     LookupResult &Previous,
6147                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
6148   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
6149          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
6150 
6151   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
6152   if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) {
6153     // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6154     // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6155     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
6156       = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
6157     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
6158       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
6159   }
6160 
6161   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6162   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
6163 
6164   bool Redeclaration = false;
6165   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
6166 
6167   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
6168   // the same name, if appropriate.
6169   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6170     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
6171     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
6172     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
6173     // function to the scope.
6174     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
6175       Redeclaration = true;
6176       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
6177     } else {
6178       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
6179                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
6180       case Ovl_Match:
6181         Redeclaration = true;
6182         break;
6183 
6184       case Ovl_NonFunction:
6185         Redeclaration = true;
6186         break;
6187 
6188       case Ovl_Overload:
6189         Redeclaration = false;
6190         break;
6191       }
6192 
6193       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
6194         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
6195         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
6196         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
6197           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
6198         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
6199         if (Redeclaration)
6200           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
6201         else if (!Previous.empty())
6202           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
6203         if (OverloadedDecl)
6204           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
6205                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
6206         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
6207                                                         Context));
6208       }
6209     }
6210   }
6211 
6212   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
6213   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
6214   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
6215   //
6216   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
6217   // definition of a static member function.
6218   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6219   if (MD && MD->isConstexpr() && !MD->isStatic() &&
6220       !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
6221       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
6222     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
6223     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD =
6224           dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
6225       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl());
6226     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
6227       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6228         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6229       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6230       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
6231       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
6232                                           FPT->arg_type_begin(),
6233                                           FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI));
6234     }
6235   }
6236 
6237   if (Redeclaration) {
6238     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
6239     // merged.
6240     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
6241       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6242       return Redeclaration;
6243     }
6244 
6245     Previous.clear();
6246     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
6247 
6248     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
6249                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6250       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
6251       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
6252         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
6253       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
6254       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
6255             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
6256         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
6257         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
6258       }
6259 
6260       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
6261       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
6262       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
6263           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
6264         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
6265         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
6266       }
6267 
6268     } else {
6269       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions
6270         NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess());
6271       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
6272     }
6273   }
6274 
6275   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
6276   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6277     // C++-specific checks.
6278     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6279       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
6280     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
6281                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6282       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
6283       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
6284 
6285       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
6286       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
6287       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
6288         DeclarationName Name
6289           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
6290                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
6291         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
6292           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
6293           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6294           return Redeclaration;
6295         }
6296       }
6297     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
6298                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6299       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
6300     }
6301 
6302     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
6303     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6304       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6305           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
6306           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
6307         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
6308           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
6309           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6310             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
6311           }
6312         }
6313       }
6314 
6315       if (Method->isStatic())
6316         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
6317     }
6318 
6319     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
6320     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6321         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6322       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6323       return Redeclaration;
6324     }
6325 
6326     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
6327     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
6328         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6329       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6330       return Redeclaration;
6331     }
6332 
6333     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
6334     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
6335     // during delayed parsing anyway.
6336     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
6337       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
6338 
6339     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
6340     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
6341     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
6342       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
6343       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
6344       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
6345       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
6346         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
6347         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
6348         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
6349       }
6350     }
6351 
6352     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
6353     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
6354     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
6355     if (NewFD->hasCLanguageLinkage()) {
6356       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
6357       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
6358         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
6359             << NewFD << R;
6360       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
6361                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6362         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
6363     }
6364   }
6365   return Redeclaration;
6366 }
6367 
6368 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
6369   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
6370   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
6371   // C99 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier
6372   //   shall not appear in a declaration of main.
6373   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
6374   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6375     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6376          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
6377       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6378   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
6379     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
6380       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
6381   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
6382     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
6383       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
6384     FD->setConstexpr(false);
6385   }
6386 
6387   QualType T = FD->getType();
6388   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
6389   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
6390 
6391   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
6392   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
6393     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
6394     // set the flag which tells us that.
6395     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
6396     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
6397 
6398   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
6399   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
6400   // implicit-return-zero rule.
6401   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6402     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
6403 
6404   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
6405   } else {
6406     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
6407     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6408   }
6409 
6410   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
6411   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
6412 
6413   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
6414   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
6415   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
6416 
6417   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
6418 
6419   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
6420   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
6421   // getting shifty.
6422   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
6423     HasExtraParameters = false;
6424 
6425   if (HasExtraParameters) {
6426     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
6427     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6428     nparams = 3;
6429   }
6430 
6431   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
6432   // if we had some location information about types.
6433 
6434   QualType CharPP =
6435     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
6436   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
6437 
6438   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
6439     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
6440 
6441     bool mismatch = true;
6442 
6443     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
6444       mismatch = false;
6445     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
6446       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
6447       //   char const **
6448       //   char const * const *
6449       //   char * const *
6450 
6451       QualifierCollector qs;
6452       const PointerType* PT;
6453       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6454           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
6455           (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) {
6456         qs.removeConst();
6457         mismatch = !qs.empty();
6458       }
6459     }
6460 
6461     if (mismatch) {
6462       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
6463       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
6464       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
6465     }
6466   }
6467 
6468   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6469     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
6470   }
6471 
6472   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6473     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
6474     FD->setInvalidDecl();
6475   }
6476 }
6477 
6478 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
6479   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
6480   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
6481   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
6482   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
6483   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
6484   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
6485   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
6486   // rules there don't matter.)
6487   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
6488     return false;
6489   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
6490     << Init->getSourceRange();
6491   return true;
6492 }
6493 
6494 namespace {
6495   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
6496   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
6497   class SelfReferenceChecker
6498       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
6499     Sema &S;
6500     Decl *OrigDecl;
6501     bool isRecordType;
6502     bool isPODType;
6503     bool isReferenceType;
6504 
6505   public:
6506     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
6507 
6508     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
6509                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
6510       isPODType = false;
6511       isRecordType = false;
6512       isReferenceType = false;
6513       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
6514         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
6515         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
6516         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
6517       }
6518     }
6519 
6520     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
6521     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
6522     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
6523     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
6524       if (isReferenceType)
6525         return;
6526       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6527       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
6528         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6529         return;
6530       }
6531 
6532       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6533         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
6534         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6535         return;
6536       }
6537 
6538       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
6539         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6540         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
6541           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
6542           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
6543             return;
6544           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6545         }
6546         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
6547           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6548         return;
6549       }
6550     }
6551 
6552     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
6553     // bad, not just r-value uses.
6554     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
6555       if (isReferenceType)
6556         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
6557     }
6558 
6559     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
6560       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
6561           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
6562         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6563 
6564       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
6565     }
6566 
6567     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
6568       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
6569       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
6570 
6571       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
6572       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
6573       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
6574       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
6575       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6576       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
6577         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
6578           Warn = false;
6579         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
6580       }
6581 
6582       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
6583         if (Warn)
6584           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
6585         return;
6586       }
6587 
6588       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
6589       // Visit that expression.
6590       Visit(Base);
6591     }
6592 
6593     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
6594       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
6595       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
6596           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
6597         if (!isPODType)
6598           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
6599         return;
6600       }
6601       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
6602     }
6603 
6604     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
6605 
6606     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
6607       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
6608       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
6609       unsigned diag = isReferenceType
6610           ? diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init
6611           : diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
6612       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
6613                             S.PDiag(diag)
6614                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
6615                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
6616                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
6617     }
6618   };
6619 
6620   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
6621   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
6622                                  bool DirectInit) {
6623     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
6624     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
6625     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
6626       return;
6627 
6628     E = E->IgnoreParens();
6629 
6630     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
6631     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
6632     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
6633       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
6634         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
6635           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
6636             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
6637               return;
6638 
6639     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
6640   }
6641 }
6642 
6643 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
6644 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
6645 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
6646 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
6647                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
6648   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
6649   // the initializer.
6650   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6651     return;
6652 
6653   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
6654     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
6655     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
6656     // Thus this grotesque test.
6657     IntegerLiteral *IL;
6658     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
6659         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
6660       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
6661     else {
6662       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
6663         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
6664       Method->setInvalidDecl();
6665     }
6666     return;
6667   }
6668 
6669   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
6670   if (!VDecl) {
6671     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
6672     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
6673     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6674     return;
6675   }
6676 
6677   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
6678 
6679   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
6680   AutoType *Auto = 0;
6681   if (TypeMayContainAuto &&
6682       (Auto = VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) &&
6683       !Auto->isDeduced()) {
6684     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
6685     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
6686     // contains exactly one expression.
6687     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6688       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
6689         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
6690         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
6691         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
6692              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
6693           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6694           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6695         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6696         return;
6697       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
6698         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
6699              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
6700           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
6701           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
6702         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6703         return;
6704       } else {
6705         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
6706       }
6707     }
6708     TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0;
6709     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
6710             DAR_Failed)
6711       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
6712     if (!DeducedType) {
6713       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6714       return;
6715     }
6716     VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType);
6717     VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType());
6718     VDecl->ClearLinkageCache();
6719 
6720     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
6721     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
6722       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6723 
6724     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
6725     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
6726     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
6727     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
6728     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6729         DeducedType->getType()->isObjCIdType()) {
6730       SourceLocation Loc = DeducedType->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
6731       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
6732         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
6733     }
6734 
6735     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
6736     // the previously declared type.
6737     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
6738       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old);
6739   }
6740 
6741   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
6742     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
6743     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
6744     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6745     return;
6746   }
6747 
6748   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
6749     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
6750     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
6751     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
6752     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
6753     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
6754       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
6755     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
6756                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
6757       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6758       return;
6759     }
6760 
6761     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
6762     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
6763                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
6764                                AbstractVariableType))
6765       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6766   }
6767 
6768   const VarDecl *Def;
6769   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
6770     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6771       << VDecl->getDeclName();
6772     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6773     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6774     return;
6775   }
6776 
6777   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
6778   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6779     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
6780     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
6781     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6782     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
6783     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
6784     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
6785     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
6786     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
6787     //
6788     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
6789     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
6790     // declaration with an initializer.
6791     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
6792       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
6793         << VDecl->getDeclName();
6794       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
6795       return;
6796     }
6797 
6798     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
6799       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6800 
6801     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
6802       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6803       return;
6804     }
6805   }
6806 
6807   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
6808   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
6809   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
6810     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
6811     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6812     return;
6813   }
6814 
6815   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
6816   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
6817   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
6818 
6819   // Top-level message sends default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
6820   // and we are assigning it to a variable of 'id' type.
6821   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCIdType())
6822     if (Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(Init)) {
6823       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
6824       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6825         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6826         return;
6827       }
6828       Init = Result.take();
6829     }
6830 
6831   // Perform the initialization.
6832   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6833     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
6834     InitializationKind Kind
6835       = DirectInit ?
6836           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
6837                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
6838                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
6839                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
6840                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
6841                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
6842                                                     Init->getLocStart());
6843 
6844     Expr **Args = &Init;
6845     unsigned NumArgs = 1;
6846     if (CXXDirectInit) {
6847       Args = CXXDirectInit->getExprs();
6848       NumArgs = CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs();
6849     }
6850     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, NumArgs);
6851     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
6852                                         MultiExprArg(Args, NumArgs), &DclT);
6853     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
6854       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6855       return;
6856     }
6857 
6858     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
6859   }
6860 
6861   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
6862   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
6863   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
6864   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
6865       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
6866     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
6867   }
6868 
6869   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
6870   // completed by the initializer. For example:
6871   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
6872   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
6873   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
6874     VDecl->setType(DclT);
6875 
6876   // Check any implicit conversions within the expression.
6877   CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation());
6878 
6879   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
6880     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
6881 
6882     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6883       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
6884 
6885     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
6886     // Although this code can still have problems:
6887     //   id x = self.weakProp;
6888     //   id y = self.weakProp;
6889     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
6890     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
6891     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
6892     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
6893       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
6894         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
6895                                  Init->getLocStart());
6896       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
6897         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
6898     }
6899   }
6900 
6901   Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init);
6902   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
6903   VDecl->setInit(Init);
6904 
6905   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
6906     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
6907     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
6908     // C++ does not have this restriction.
6909     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
6910         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6911       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
6912   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
6913              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
6914     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
6915     //
6916     // struct S {
6917     //   static const int value = 17;
6918     // };
6919 
6920     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
6921     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
6922     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
6923     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
6924     //
6925     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
6926     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
6927     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
6928     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
6929     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
6930     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
6931     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
6932     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
6933     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
6934 
6935     // Do nothing on dependent types.
6936     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
6937 
6938     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
6939     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
6940     // type.
6941     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
6942 
6943     // Require constness.
6944     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
6945       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
6946         << Init->getSourceRange();
6947       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6948 
6949     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
6950     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
6951       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
6952       SourceLocation Loc;
6953       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
6954         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
6955         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
6956         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
6957       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
6958         ; // Nothing to check.
6959       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
6960         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
6961       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6962         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
6963         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
6964         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6965           << Init->getSourceRange();
6966       } else {
6967         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
6968         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
6969         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6970           << Init->getSourceRange();
6971         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6972       }
6973 
6974     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
6975     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
6976       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
6977         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6978       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
6979         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
6980              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_constexpr)
6981           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6982 
6983       if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
6984         Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
6985           << Init->getSourceRange();
6986         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6987       }
6988 
6989     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
6990     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType()) {
6991       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
6992         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
6993         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
6994       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
6995 
6996     } else {
6997       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
6998         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
6999       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7000     }
7001   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
7002     if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern &&
7003         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
7004          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()))
7005       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
7006 
7007     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
7008     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7009       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
7010   }
7011 
7012   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
7013   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
7014   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
7015   //
7016   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
7017   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
7018   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
7019   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
7020   // special case code.
7021 
7022   // C++ 8.5p11:
7023   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
7024   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
7025   // class type.
7026   if (CXXDirectInit) {
7027     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
7028     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
7029   } else if (DirectInit) {
7030     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
7031     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
7032   }
7033 
7034   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
7035 }
7036 
7037 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
7038 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
7039 /// of sanity.
7040 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
7041   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
7042   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
7043   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
7044 
7045   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7046   if (!VD) return;
7047 
7048   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
7049   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
7050     D->setInvalidDecl();
7051     return;
7052   }
7053 
7054   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
7055   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
7056 
7057   // Require a complete type.
7058   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
7059                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
7060                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7061     VD->setInvalidDecl();
7062     return;
7063   }
7064 
7065   // Require an abstract type.
7066   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
7067                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7068                              AbstractVariableType)) {
7069     VD->setInvalidDecl();
7070     return;
7071   }
7072 
7073   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
7074   // though.
7075 }
7076 
7077 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
7078                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7079   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
7080   if (RealDecl == 0)
7081     return;
7082 
7083   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
7084     QualType Type = Var->getType();
7085 
7086     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
7087     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
7088       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
7089         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
7090       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7091       return;
7092     }
7093 
7094     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
7095     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
7096     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
7097     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
7098     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
7099     // member.
7100     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
7101       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
7102         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
7103              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
7104           << Var->getDeclName();
7105       else
7106         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
7107       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7108       return;
7109     }
7110 
7111     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
7112     case VarDecl::Definition:
7113       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
7114         break;
7115 
7116       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
7117       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
7118       // a declaration.
7119       //
7120       // Fall through
7121 
7122     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
7123       // It's only a declaration.
7124 
7125       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
7126       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
7127       // object shall be complete.
7128       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
7129           !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7130           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7131                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
7132         Var->setInvalidDecl();
7133 
7134       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
7135       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7136           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7137                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7138                                  AbstractVariableType))
7139         Var->setInvalidDecl();
7140       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7141           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
7142         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
7143         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
7144       }
7145 
7146       return;
7147 
7148     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
7149       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
7150       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
7151       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
7152       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
7153       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
7154       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
7155         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
7156                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
7157           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
7158                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
7159                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
7160             Var->setInvalidDecl();
7161         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7162           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
7163           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
7164           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
7165           // NOTE: code such as the following
7166           //     static struct s;
7167           //     struct s { int a; };
7168           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
7169           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
7170           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
7171           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
7172             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7173                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
7174         }
7175       }
7176 
7177       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
7178       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
7179         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
7180       return;
7181     }
7182 
7183     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
7184     // definitions with incomplete array type.
7185     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
7186       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
7187            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
7188       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7189       return;
7190     }
7191 
7192     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
7193     // definitions with reference type.
7194     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
7195       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
7196         << Var->getDeclName()
7197         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
7198       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7199       return;
7200     }
7201 
7202     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
7203     // variable with dependent type.
7204     if (Type->isDependentType())
7205       return;
7206 
7207     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
7208       return;
7209 
7210     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
7211                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
7212                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7213       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7214       return;
7215     }
7216 
7217     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
7218     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7219                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7220                                AbstractVariableType)) {
7221       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7222       return;
7223     }
7224 
7225     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
7226     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
7227     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
7228     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
7229     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
7230     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
7231     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
7232     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
7233     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
7234     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
7235     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
7236       if (const RecordType *Record
7237             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
7238         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
7239         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
7240         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
7241         // incompatibilities with C++98.
7242         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
7243           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7244       }
7245     }
7246 
7247     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
7248     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
7249     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
7250     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
7251     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
7252     //   type shall have a user-declared default
7253     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
7254     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
7255     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
7256     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
7257     //   program is ill-formed.
7258     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
7259     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
7260     //   default-initialized; [...].
7261     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
7262     InitializationKind Kind
7263       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
7264 
7265     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0);
7266     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg());
7267     if (Init.isInvalid())
7268       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7269     else if (Init.get()) {
7270       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
7271       // This is important for template substitution.
7272       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
7273     }
7274 
7275     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
7276   }
7277 }
7278 
7279 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
7280   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7281   if (!VD) {
7282     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
7283     D->setInvalidDecl();
7284     return;
7285   }
7286 
7287   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
7288 
7289   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
7290   int Error = -1;
7291   switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) {
7292   case SC_None:
7293     break;
7294   case SC_Extern:
7295     Error = 0;
7296     break;
7297   case SC_Static:
7298     Error = 1;
7299     break;
7300   case SC_PrivateExtern:
7301     Error = 2;
7302     break;
7303   case SC_Auto:
7304     Error = 3;
7305     break;
7306   case SC_Register:
7307     Error = 4;
7308     break;
7309   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
7310     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
7311   }
7312   if (VD->isConstexpr())
7313     Error = 5;
7314   if (Error != -1) {
7315     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
7316       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
7317     D->setInvalidDecl();
7318   }
7319 }
7320 
7321 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
7322   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
7323 
7324   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
7325   // local retaining variable.
7326   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7327       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
7328     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
7329     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
7330     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
7331     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
7332       break;
7333 
7334     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
7335     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
7336       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7337       break;
7338     }
7339   }
7340 
7341   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
7342       var->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage &&
7343       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
7344                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
7345                        var->getLocation())) {
7346     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
7347     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
7348     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
7349       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
7350 
7351     if (!prev)
7352       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
7353   }
7354 
7355   // All the following checks are C++ only.
7356   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
7357 
7358   QualType type = var->getType();
7359   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
7360 
7361   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
7362   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7363     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
7364     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
7365 
7366     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
7367     // constructing this copy.
7368     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
7369       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
7370       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
7371       ExprResult result =
7372         PerformCopyInitialization(
7373                         InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
7374                                   poi, Owned(varRef));
7375       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
7376         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
7377         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
7378         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
7379       }
7380     }
7381   }
7382 
7383   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
7384   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
7385   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
7386 
7387   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
7388       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
7389     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
7390         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
7391                                             var->getLocation())
7392           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
7393         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
7394       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
7395         << Init->getSourceRange();
7396 
7397     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
7398       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
7399       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
7400         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
7401         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
7402         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
7403         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
7404               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
7405           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
7406           Notes.clear();
7407         }
7408         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
7409           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
7410         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
7411           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
7412       }
7413     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
7414       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
7415       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
7416       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
7417       var->checkInitIsICE();
7418     }
7419   }
7420 
7421   // Require the destructor.
7422   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
7423     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
7424 }
7425 
7426 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
7427 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
7428 void
7429 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
7430   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
7431   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
7432 
7433   const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
7434   if (!VD)
7435     return;
7436 
7437   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
7438     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
7439 
7440   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
7441   // tag values.
7442   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
7443       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
7444     return;
7445 
7446   for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
7447          I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
7448          E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
7449        I != E; ++I) {
7450     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
7451     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
7452       continue;
7453     }
7454     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
7455     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
7456       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7457            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
7458         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7459       continue;
7460     }
7461     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
7462       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
7463            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
7464         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
7465       continue;
7466     }
7467     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
7468     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
7469                                MagicValue,
7470                                I->getMatchingCType(),
7471                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
7472                                I->getMustBeNull());
7473   }
7474 }
7475 
7476 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7477 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
7478                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7479   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
7480 
7481   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
7482     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
7483 
7484   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7485     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
7486       Decls.push_back(D);
7487 
7488   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType()))
7489     if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl()))
7490       getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag);
7491 
7492   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
7493                               DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto);
7494 }
7495 
7496 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
7497 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
7498 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
7499 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
7500                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7501   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
7502   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
7503   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
7504   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
7505   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
7506   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
7507   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
7508   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
7509     QualType Deduced;
7510     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
7511     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
7512     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
7513       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
7514         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
7515         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
7516         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
7517           break;
7518         if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) {
7519           QualType U = AT->getDeducedType();
7520           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
7521           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
7522             Deduced = U;
7523             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
7524             DeducedDecl = D;
7525           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
7526             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
7527                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
7528               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
7529               << U << D->getDeclName()
7530               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
7531               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
7532             D->setInvalidDecl();
7533             break;
7534           }
7535         }
7536       }
7537     }
7538   }
7539 
7540   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls);
7541 
7542   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
7543 }
7544 
7545 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
7546   ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1);
7547 }
7548 
7549 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
7550   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
7551   if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0])
7552    return;
7553 
7554   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
7555                                Group[0]->getLocation())
7556         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
7557     return;
7558 
7559   if (NumDecls >= 2) {
7560     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
7561     // procuded from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
7562     // additional declaration references:
7563     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
7564     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
7565     //   'struct S *pS;'
7566     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
7567     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
7568     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
7569       Group++;
7570       NumDecls--;
7571     }
7572   }
7573 
7574   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
7575   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
7576   if (!Comments.empty() &&
7577       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
7578     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
7579     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
7580     //
7581     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
7582     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
7583     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
7584     // ahead through comments.
7585     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
7586       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
7587   }
7588 }
7589 
7590 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
7591 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
7592 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
7593   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
7594 
7595   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
7596   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
7597   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
7598   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None;
7599   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
7600     StorageClass = SC_Register;
7601     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register;
7602   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7603              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
7604     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
7605     StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Auto;
7606   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
7607     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7608          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
7609     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
7610   }
7611 
7612   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
7613     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
7614   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
7615     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
7616       << 0;
7617 
7618   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
7619 
7620   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
7621   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
7622 
7623   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7624     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
7625     // parameter.
7626     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
7627 
7628     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7629     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7630       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
7631         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7632       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
7633     }
7634   }
7635 
7636   // Ensure we have a valid name
7637   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
7638   if (D.hasName()) {
7639     II = D.getIdentifier();
7640     if (!II) {
7641       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
7642         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
7643       D.setInvalidType(true);
7644     }
7645   }
7646 
7647   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
7648   if (II) {
7649     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
7650                    ForRedeclaration);
7651     LookupName(R, S);
7652     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
7653       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7654       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
7655         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
7656         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
7657         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
7658         PrevDecl = 0;
7659       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
7660         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
7661         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7662 
7663         // Recover by removing the name
7664         II = 0;
7665         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
7666         D.setInvalidType(true);
7667       }
7668     }
7669   }
7670 
7671   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
7672   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
7673   // looking like class members in C++.
7674   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
7675                                     D.getLocStart(),
7676                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
7677                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
7678                                     StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten);
7679 
7680   if (D.isInvalidType())
7681     New->setInvalidDecl();
7682 
7683   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
7684   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
7685   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
7686                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
7687 
7688   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
7689   S->AddDecl(New);
7690   if (II)
7691     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
7692 
7693   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
7694 
7695   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
7696     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7697       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
7698       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7699       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7700 
7701   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7702     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
7703   }
7704   return New;
7705 }
7706 
7707 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
7708 /// typedef.
7709 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
7710                                               SourceLocation Loc,
7711                                               QualType T) {
7712   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
7713      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
7714      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
7715   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
7716                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
7717                                            SC_None, SC_None, 0);
7718   Param->setImplicit();
7719   return Param;
7720 }
7721 
7722 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7723                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
7724   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
7725   // will already have done so in the template itself.
7726   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
7727     return;
7728 
7729   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7730     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
7731         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
7732       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
7733         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
7734     }
7735   }
7736 }
7737 
7738 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
7739                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
7740                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
7741                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
7742   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
7743     return;
7744 
7745   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7746   // threshold.
7747   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
7748     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
7749     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7750       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
7751           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
7752   }
7753 
7754   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
7755   // threshold.
7756   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
7757     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
7758     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
7759       continue;
7760     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
7761     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
7762       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
7763           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
7764   }
7765 }
7766 
7767 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7768                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
7769                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7770                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass,
7771                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) {
7772   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
7773   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
7774       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
7775       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
7776 
7777     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
7778 
7779     // Special cases for arrays:
7780     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
7781     //   - otherwise, it's an error
7782     if (T->isArrayType()) {
7783       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7784         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
7785             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
7786             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
7787       }
7788       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
7789     } else {
7790       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
7791     }
7792     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
7793   }
7794 
7795   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
7796                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
7797                                          TSInfo,
7798                                          StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten,
7799                                          0);
7800 
7801   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
7802   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
7803   // the class has been completely parsed.
7804   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
7805       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7806                              AbstractParamType))
7807     New->setInvalidDecl();
7808 
7809   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
7810   // passed by reference.
7811   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7812     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
7813     Diag(NameLoc,
7814          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
7815       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
7816     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7817     New->setType(T);
7818   }
7819 
7820   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
7821   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
7822   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
7823   // an address space.
7824   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
7825     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
7826     New->setInvalidDecl();
7827   }
7828 
7829   return New;
7830 }
7831 
7832 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
7833                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
7834   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7835 
7836   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
7837   // for a K&R function.
7838   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
7839     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
7840       --i;
7841       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
7842         SmallString<256> Code;
7843         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
7844                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
7845                                         << ";\n";
7846         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
7847           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
7848           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
7849 
7850         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
7851         // type.
7852         AttributeFactory attrs;
7853         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
7854         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
7855         unsigned DiagID; // unused
7856         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
7857                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
7858         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
7859         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7860         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7861         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
7862         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
7863         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
7864       }
7865     }
7866   }
7867 }
7868 
7869 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
7870   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
7871   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
7872   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
7873 
7874   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
7875   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
7876   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
7877 }
7878 
7879 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
7880                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
7881   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
7882   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
7883     return false;
7884 
7885   // Or declarations that aren't global.
7886   if (!FD->isGlobal())
7887     return false;
7888 
7889   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
7890   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
7891     return false;
7892 
7893   // Don't warn about 'main'.
7894   if (FD->isMain())
7895     return false;
7896 
7897   // Don't warn about inline functions.
7898   if (FD->isInlined())
7899     return false;
7900 
7901   // Don't warn about function templates.
7902   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
7903     return false;
7904 
7905   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
7906   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
7907     return false;
7908 
7909   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
7910   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
7911     return false;
7912 
7913   bool MissingPrototype = true;
7914   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
7915        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
7916     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
7917     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
7918     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
7919       continue;
7920 
7921     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
7922     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
7923       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
7924     break;
7925   }
7926 
7927   return MissingPrototype;
7928 }
7929 
7930 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
7931   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
7932   // was an extern inline function.
7933   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
7934   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
7935       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
7936     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
7937         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
7938       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
7939         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
7940     else
7941       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
7942     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7943     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7944   }
7945 }
7946 
7947 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
7948   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
7949   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
7950 
7951   if (!D)
7952     return D;
7953   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
7954 
7955   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
7956     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
7957   else
7958     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
7959 
7960   // Enter a new function scope
7961   PushFunctionScope();
7962 
7963   // See if this is a redefinition.
7964   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
7965     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
7966 
7967   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
7968   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
7969     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
7970       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
7971       FD->setInvalidDecl();
7972     }
7973   }
7974 
7975   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
7976   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
7977   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
7978   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
7979       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7980       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
7981                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
7982     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7983 
7984   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
7985   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
7986   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
7987   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
7988   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
7989   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
7990   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
7991     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
7992 
7993     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
7994       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
7995       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
7996       TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo();
7997       TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
7998       if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc* FTL = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>(&TL))
7999         Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
8000              diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
8001           << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
8002           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL->getRParenLoc(), "void");
8003     }
8004   }
8005 
8006   if (FnBodyScope)
8007     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
8008 
8009   // Check the validity of our function parameters
8010   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
8011                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
8012 
8013   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
8014   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
8015     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
8016     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
8017 
8018     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
8019     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
8020       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
8021 
8022       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
8023     }
8024   }
8025 
8026   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
8027   // introduce them into the function scope.
8028   if (FnBodyScope) {
8029     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
8030            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
8031       NamedDecl *D = *I;
8032 
8033       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
8034       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
8035       // and reattach to the current context.
8036       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
8037         // Is the decl actually in the context?
8038         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
8039                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
8040           if (*DI == D) {
8041             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
8042             break;
8043           }
8044         }
8045         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
8046         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8047       }
8048 
8049       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
8050       if (!D->getName().empty())
8051         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
8052 
8053       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
8054       // accessible in this scope.
8055       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
8056         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
8057                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
8058           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
8059       }
8060     }
8061   }
8062 
8063   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
8064   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
8065     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
8066 
8067   // Checking attributes of current function definition
8068   // dllimport attribute.
8069   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
8070   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
8071     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
8072     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
8073     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
8074         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
8075       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8076            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
8077         << "dllimport";
8078       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8079       return D;
8080     }
8081 
8082     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
8083     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
8084     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
8085       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
8086       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
8087       // emitted.
8088       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8089            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
8090         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
8091     }
8092   }
8093   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
8094   // a function template).
8095   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
8096   return D;
8097 }
8098 
8099 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
8100 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
8101 /// optimization.
8102 ///
8103 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
8104 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
8105 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
8106 /// use the named return value optimization.
8107 ///
8108 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
8109 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
8110 /// the NRVO variable.
8111 ///
8112 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
8113 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
8114 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
8115 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
8116   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
8117 
8118   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
8119   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
8120     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
8121       return;
8122 
8123     if (!NRVOCandidate)
8124       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
8125     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
8126       return;
8127   }
8128 
8129   if (NRVOCandidate)
8130     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
8131 }
8132 
8133 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
8134   if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D))
8135     return false;
8136 
8137   if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
8138     return true;
8139 
8140   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8141   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
8142     FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
8143   else
8144     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
8145 
8146   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
8147   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
8148   // rest of the file.
8149   return !FD->isConstexpr();
8150 }
8151 
8152 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
8153   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
8154     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
8155   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
8156     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
8157   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
8158 }
8159 
8160 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
8161   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
8162 }
8163 
8164 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
8165                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
8166   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8167   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
8168   if (FunTmpl)
8169     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
8170   else
8171     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
8172 
8173   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
8174   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
8175 
8176   if (FD) {
8177     FD->setBody(Body);
8178 
8179     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
8180     // don't complain about missing return statements.
8181     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
8182       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
8183 
8184     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
8185     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
8186     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
8187       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
8188 
8189     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8190       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
8191       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
8192                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
8193 
8194       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
8195       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
8196         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
8197 
8198       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
8199       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
8200       // to deduce an implicit return type.
8201       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
8202           !FD->isDependentContext())
8203         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
8204     }
8205 
8206     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
8207            "Function parsing confused");
8208   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
8209     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
8210     MD->setBody(Body);
8211     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8212       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
8213       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
8214                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
8215 
8216       if (Body)
8217         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
8218     }
8219     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
8220       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
8221         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
8222       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
8223     }
8224   } else {
8225     return 0;
8226   }
8227 
8228   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
8229          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
8230          "handled in the block above.");
8231 
8232   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
8233   if (Body) {
8234     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
8235     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
8236     // Verify this.
8237     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
8238       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
8239 
8240     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
8241     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
8242         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
8243         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
8244         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
8245       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
8246 
8247     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
8248       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
8249         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
8250 
8251       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
8252                                              Destructor->getParent());
8253     }
8254 
8255     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
8256     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
8257     // deletion in some later function.
8258     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
8259         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
8260       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
8261     }
8262     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
8263         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
8264       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
8265       // enabled.
8266       ActivePolicy = &WP;
8267     }
8268 
8269     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8270         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
8271          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
8272       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8273 
8274     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
8275     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
8276     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
8277            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
8278   }
8279 
8280   if (!IsInstantiation)
8281     PopDeclContext();
8282 
8283   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
8284 
8285   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
8286   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
8287   // deletion in some later function.
8288   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
8289     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
8290   }
8291 
8292   return dcl;
8293 }
8294 
8295 
8296 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
8297 /// relevant Decl.
8298 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
8299                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
8300   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
8301   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
8302     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
8303   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
8304 
8305   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
8306     if (Method->isStatic())
8307       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
8308 }
8309 
8310 
8311 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
8312 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
8313 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
8314                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
8315   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
8316   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
8317   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
8318   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
8319   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
8320     = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II);
8321   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) {
8322     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
8323     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8324     return Pos->second;
8325   }
8326 
8327   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
8328   unsigned diag_id;
8329   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
8330     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
8331   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
8332     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
8333   else
8334     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
8335   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
8336 
8337   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
8338   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
8339   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
8340     TypoCorrection Corrected;
8341     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
8342     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
8343                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
8344       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
8345       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
8346       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
8347 
8348       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
8349           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
8350 
8351       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
8352           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
8353         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
8354             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
8355     }
8356   }
8357 
8358   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
8359   const char *Dummy;
8360   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
8361   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
8362   unsigned DiagID;
8363   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
8364   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
8365   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
8366   SourceLocation NoLoc;
8367   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
8368   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
8369                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
8370                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
8371                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
8372                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
8373                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
8374                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
8375                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
8376                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
8377                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
8378                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
8379                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
8380                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
8381                                              EST_None,
8382                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
8383                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
8384                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
8385                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
8386                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
8387                                              Loc, Loc, D),
8388                 DS.getAttributes(),
8389                 SourceLocation());
8390   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
8391 
8392   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
8393 
8394   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
8395   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8396 
8397   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
8398   FD->setImplicit();
8399 
8400   CurContext = PrevDC;
8401 
8402   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
8403 
8404   return FD;
8405 }
8406 
8407 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
8408 /// the declaration of this function.
8409 ///
8410 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
8411 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
8412 /// like NSLog or printf.
8413 ///
8414 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
8415 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
8416 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8417   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8418     return;
8419 
8420   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
8421   // actual attributes.
8422   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
8423     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
8424     unsigned FormatIdx;
8425     bool HasVAListArg;
8426     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
8427       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
8428         const char *fmt = "printf";
8429         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
8430         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
8431             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
8432           fmt = "NSString";
8433         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8434                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
8435                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
8436       }
8437     }
8438     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
8439                                              HasVAListArg)) {
8440      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8441        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8442                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
8443                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
8444     }
8445 
8446     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
8447     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
8448     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
8449     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
8450         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
8451       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8452         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8453     }
8454 
8455     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
8456         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
8457       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8458     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
8459       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8460     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
8461       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
8462   }
8463 
8464   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
8465   if (!Name)
8466     return;
8467   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8468        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
8469       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
8470        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
8471        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
8472     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
8473     // about.
8474   } else
8475     return;
8476 
8477   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
8478     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
8479     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
8480     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
8481       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
8482                                              "printf", 2,
8483                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
8484   }
8485 
8486   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
8487     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
8488     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
8489     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
8490       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
8491   }
8492 }
8493 
8494 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
8495                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
8496   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
8497   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
8498 
8499   if (!TInfo) {
8500     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
8501     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
8502   }
8503 
8504   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
8505   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
8506                                            D.getLocStart(),
8507                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8508                                            D.getIdentifier(),
8509                                            TInfo);
8510 
8511   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
8512   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
8513     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
8514     return NewTD;
8515   }
8516 
8517   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
8518     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
8519       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
8520         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
8521         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
8522         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
8523     else
8524       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
8525   }
8526 
8527   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
8528   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
8529   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
8530   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
8531   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
8532   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
8533   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
8534   case TST_enum:
8535   case TST_struct:
8536   case TST_interface:
8537   case TST_union:
8538   case TST_class: {
8539     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
8540 
8541     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
8542     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
8543     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
8544     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
8545 
8546     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
8547     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
8548 
8549     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
8550     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
8551       break;
8552 
8553     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
8554     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
8555     break;
8556   }
8557 
8558   default:
8559     break;
8560   }
8561 
8562   return NewTD;
8563 }
8564 
8565 
8566 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
8567 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
8568   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8569   QualType T = TI->getType();
8570 
8571   if (T->isDependentType())
8572     return false;
8573 
8574   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
8575     if (BT->isInteger())
8576       return false;
8577 
8578   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
8579   return true;
8580 }
8581 
8582 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
8583 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
8584 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
8585                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
8586                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
8587   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
8588 
8589   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
8590     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
8591       << Prev->isScoped();
8592     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8593     return true;
8594   }
8595 
8596   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
8597     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
8598         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
8599         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
8600                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
8601       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
8602         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
8603       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8604       return true;
8605     }
8606   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
8607     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
8608       << Prev->isFixed();
8609     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8610     return true;
8611   }
8612 
8613   return false;
8614 }
8615 
8616 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
8617 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
8618 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
8619 ///
8620 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
8621 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
8622   switch (Tag) {
8623   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
8624   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
8625   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
8626   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
8627   }
8628 }
8629 
8630 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
8631 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
8632 ///
8633 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
8634 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
8635 {
8636   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
8637 }
8638 
8639 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
8640 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
8641 ///
8642 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
8643 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
8644                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
8645                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
8646                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
8647   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
8648   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
8649   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
8650   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
8651   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
8652   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
8653   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
8654   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
8655   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
8656   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
8657   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
8658   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
8659   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
8660   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
8661   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
8662     if (OldTag == NewTag)
8663       return true;
8664 
8665   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
8666     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
8667     bool isTemplate = false;
8668     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
8669       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
8670 
8671     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
8672       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
8673       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
8674       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8675         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8676         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
8677       return true;
8678     }
8679 
8680     if (isDefinition) {
8681       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
8682       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
8683       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8684         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
8685         return true;
8686       }
8687 
8688       bool previousMismatch = false;
8689       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
8690            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
8691         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
8692           if (!previousMismatch) {
8693             previousMismatch = true;
8694             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
8695               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8696               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
8697           }
8698           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8699             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
8700             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
8701                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
8702         }
8703       }
8704       return true;
8705     }
8706 
8707     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
8708     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
8709     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
8710     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
8711                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
8712     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
8713       return true;
8714     }
8715 
8716     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
8717       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
8718       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
8719     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
8720 
8721     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
8722     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
8723         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
8724           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
8725           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
8726                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
8727     }
8728 
8729     return true;
8730   }
8731   return false;
8732 }
8733 
8734 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
8735 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
8736 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
8737 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
8738 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
8739                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8740                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
8741                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
8742                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
8743                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
8744                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
8745                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
8746                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
8747                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
8748   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
8749   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
8750   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
8751          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
8752   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
8753 
8754   OwnedDecl = false;
8755   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
8756   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
8757 
8758   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
8759   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
8760   bool Invalid = false;
8761 
8762   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
8763   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
8764   // for non-C++ cases.
8765   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
8766       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
8767     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
8768           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
8769                                                 TemplateParameterLists.data(),
8770                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
8771                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
8772                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
8773                                                     Invalid)) {
8774       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8775         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
8776         // be a member of another template).
8777 
8778         if (Invalid)
8779           return 0;
8780 
8781         OwnedDecl = false;
8782         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
8783                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
8784                                                TemplateParams, AS,
8785                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
8786                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
8787                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
8788         return Result.get();
8789       } else {
8790         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
8791         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
8792           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
8793         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
8794       }
8795     }
8796   }
8797 
8798   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
8799   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
8800   // redeclaration.
8801   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
8802 
8803   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
8804     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
8805       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
8806       // type, default to int.
8807       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8808     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
8809       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
8810       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
8811       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
8812       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
8813       EnumUnderlying = TI;
8814 
8815       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
8816         // Recover by falling back to int.
8817         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8818 
8819       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
8820                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
8821         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8822 
8823     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
8824       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
8825       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
8826   }
8827 
8828   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
8829   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
8830   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
8831 
8832   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
8833   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
8834     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
8835 
8836   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
8837 
8838   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
8839     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
8840 
8841     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
8842     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
8843       Name = 0;
8844       goto CreateNewDecl;
8845     }
8846 
8847     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
8848     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
8849     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8850       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
8851       if (!DC) {
8852         IsDependent = true;
8853         return 0;
8854       }
8855     } else {
8856       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
8857       if (!DC) {
8858         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
8859           << SS.getRange();
8860         return 0;
8861       }
8862     }
8863 
8864     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
8865       return 0;
8866 
8867     SearchDC = DC;
8868     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
8869     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
8870 
8871     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8872       return 0;
8873 
8874     if (Previous.empty()) {
8875       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
8876       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
8877       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
8878       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
8879       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
8880       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
8881       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
8882           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8883         IsDependent = true;
8884         return 0;
8885       }
8886 
8887       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
8888       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
8889         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
8890       Name = 0;
8891       Invalid = true;
8892       goto CreateNewDecl;
8893     }
8894   } else if (Name) {
8895     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
8896     // declaration or definition.
8897     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
8898     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
8899     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
8900     LookupName(Previous, S);
8901 
8902     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
8903         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
8904       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
8905       while (F.hasNext()) {
8906         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
8907         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
8908           F.erase();
8909       }
8910       F.done();
8911     }
8912 
8913     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
8914     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
8915       return 0;
8916 
8917     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
8918       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
8919       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
8920       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
8921       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
8922       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
8923         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8924     }
8925   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
8926     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
8927     // initial context to the translation unit.
8928     // FIXME: [citation needed]
8929     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
8930   }
8931 
8932   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
8933       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
8934     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8935     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
8936     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8937     Previous.clear();
8938   }
8939 
8940   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
8941       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
8942     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
8943     isStdBadAlloc = true;
8944 
8945     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
8946       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
8947       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
8948       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
8949       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
8950     }
8951   }
8952 
8953   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
8954   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
8955   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
8956   // there's a shadow friend decl.
8957   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
8958       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
8959     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
8960     assert(SS.isEmpty());
8961 
8962     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
8963       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
8964       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
8965       //
8966       //          class-key identifier
8967       //
8968       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
8969       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
8970       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
8971       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
8972       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
8973       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
8974       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
8975       //      declaration.
8976       //
8977       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
8978       // C structs and unions.
8979       //
8980       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
8981       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
8982       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
8983       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
8984       //
8985       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
8986       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
8987       //
8988       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
8989       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
8990       // lexical context,
8991       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8992         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
8993 
8994       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
8995       while (S->isClassScope() ||
8996              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8997               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8998              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8999              (S->getEntity() &&
9000               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
9001         S = S->getParent();
9002     } else {
9003       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
9004       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
9005       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
9006       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
9007       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
9008       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
9009     }
9010 
9011     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
9012     // diagnose some problems.
9013     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9014       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
9015       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
9016     }
9017   }
9018 
9019   if (!Previous.empty()) {
9020     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
9021 
9022     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
9023     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
9024     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
9025     // in C++.
9026     //
9027     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
9028     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
9029     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
9030     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
9031     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9032       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9033         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
9034           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
9035           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
9036               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
9037                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
9038             PrevDecl = Tag;
9039             Previous.clear();
9040             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
9041             Previous.resolveKind();
9042           }
9043         }
9044       }
9045     }
9046 
9047     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9048       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
9049       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
9050       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
9051       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
9052           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
9053         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
9054         // struct or something similar.
9055         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
9056                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
9057                                           *Name)) {
9058           bool SafeToContinue
9059             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
9060                Kind != TTK_Enum);
9061           if (SafeToContinue)
9062             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
9063               << Name
9064               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
9065                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
9066           else
9067             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
9068           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9069 
9070           if (SafeToContinue)
9071             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
9072           else {
9073             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
9074             Name = 0;
9075             Previous.clear();
9076             Invalid = true;
9077           }
9078         }
9079 
9080         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
9081           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
9082 
9083           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
9084           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
9085           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9086             if (ScopedEnum)
9087               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
9088                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
9089                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
9090             return PrevTagDecl;
9091           }
9092 
9093           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
9094           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
9095             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
9096           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
9097             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
9098 
9099           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
9100           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
9101           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
9102           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
9103                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
9104             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
9105         }
9106 
9107         if (!Invalid) {
9108           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
9109 
9110           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
9111           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
9112           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
9113           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
9114           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
9115                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
9116             return PrevTagDecl;
9117 
9118           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
9119           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
9120             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
9121               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
9122               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
9123               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
9124               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
9125               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
9126                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
9127                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
9128                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
9129                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
9130                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
9131                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
9132                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
9133                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
9134               }
9135 
9136               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
9137                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
9138                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
9139                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
9140                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
9141                 else
9142                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
9143                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9144                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
9145                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
9146                 // references get the previous definition.
9147                 Name = 0;
9148                 Previous.clear();
9149                 Invalid = true;
9150               }
9151             } else {
9152               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
9153               // about a nested redefinition.
9154               const TagType *Tag
9155                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
9156               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9157                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
9158                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
9159                      diag::note_previous_definition);
9160                 Name = 0;
9161                 Previous.clear();
9162                 Invalid = true;
9163               }
9164             }
9165 
9166             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
9167             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
9168           }
9169         }
9170         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
9171         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
9172 
9173       } else {
9174         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
9175         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
9176         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
9177         // have distinct types.
9178         Previous.clear();
9179       }
9180       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
9181       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
9182       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
9183 
9184 
9185     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
9186     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
9187     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
9188     } else {
9189       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
9190       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
9191       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
9192       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
9193           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
9194         unsigned Kind = 0;
9195         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9196         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
9197         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
9198         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
9199         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
9200         Invalid = true;
9201 
9202       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
9203       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
9204                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
9205         // do nothing
9206 
9207       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
9208       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9209         unsigned Kind = 0;
9210         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9211         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
9212         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
9213         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
9214         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
9215         Invalid = true;
9216 
9217       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
9218       // case here.
9219       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9220         unsigned Kind = 0;
9221         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9222         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
9223           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
9224         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
9225         Invalid = true;
9226 
9227       // Otherwise, diagnose.
9228       } else {
9229         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
9230         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
9231         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
9232         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9233         Name = 0;
9234         Invalid = true;
9235       }
9236 
9237       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
9238       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
9239       Previous.clear();
9240     }
9241   }
9242 
9243 CreateNewDecl:
9244 
9245   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
9246   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
9247     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
9248 
9249   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
9250   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
9251   // keyword.
9252   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
9253 
9254   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
9255   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
9256   // PrevDecl.
9257   TagDecl *New;
9258 
9259   bool IsForwardReference = false;
9260   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
9261     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
9262     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
9263     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
9264                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
9265                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
9266     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
9267     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
9268       TagDecl *Def;
9269       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
9270         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
9271         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
9272       }
9273       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
9274         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
9275           << New;
9276         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9277       } else {
9278         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
9279         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
9280           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
9281         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9282           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
9283         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
9284 
9285         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
9286         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
9287         // the declaration context.
9288         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
9289           IsForwardReference = true;
9290       }
9291     }
9292 
9293     if (EnumUnderlying) {
9294       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
9295       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
9296         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
9297       else
9298         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
9299       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
9300     }
9301 
9302   } else {
9303     // struct/union/class
9304 
9305     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
9306     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
9307     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9308       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
9309       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
9310                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
9311 
9312       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
9313         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
9314     } else
9315       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
9316                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
9317   }
9318 
9319   // Maybe add qualifier info.
9320   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
9321     if (SS.isSet()) {
9322       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
9323       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
9324       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
9325       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
9326       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
9327       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
9328           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
9329           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
9330         Invalid = true;
9331 
9332       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
9333       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
9334         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
9335                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
9336                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
9337       }
9338     }
9339     else
9340       Invalid = true;
9341   }
9342 
9343   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
9344     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
9345     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
9346     //
9347     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
9348     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
9349     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
9350     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
9351     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
9352     // parsing of the struct).
9353     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
9354       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
9355       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
9356     }
9357   }
9358 
9359   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
9360     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
9361       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
9362         << 2
9363         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
9364     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
9365     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
9366     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
9367     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
9368       New->setModulePrivate();
9369   }
9370 
9371   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
9372   // check the specialization.
9373   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
9374     Invalid = true;
9375 
9376   if (Invalid)
9377     New->setInvalidDecl();
9378 
9379   if (Attr)
9380     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
9381 
9382   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
9383   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
9384   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
9385     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
9386 
9387   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
9388   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
9389   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9390 
9391   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
9392   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
9393   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
9394   // the tag name visible.
9395   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
9396     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
9397                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
9398 
9399   // Set the access specifier.
9400   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
9401     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
9402 
9403   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
9404     New->startDefinition();
9405 
9406   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9407   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9408     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
9409     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
9410     if (PrevDecl)
9411       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
9412 
9413     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
9414     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
9415     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
9416       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
9417         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
9418   } else if (Name) {
9419     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
9420     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
9421     if (IsForwardReference)
9422       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
9423 
9424   } else {
9425     CurContext->addDecl(New);
9426   }
9427 
9428   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
9429   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
9430     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
9431         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
9432         II->isStr("FILE"))
9433       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
9434 
9435   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
9436   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
9437   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9438       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
9439     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
9440 
9441   if (PrevDecl)
9442     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
9443 
9444   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
9445   // record.
9446   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
9447 
9448   OwnedDecl = true;
9449   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
9450   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
9451   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
9452 }
9453 
9454 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9455   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9456   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9457 
9458   // Enter the tag context.
9459   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
9460 
9461   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
9462 
9463   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
9464   // record.
9465   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
9466 }
9467 
9468 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
9469   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
9470          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
9471   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
9472   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
9473       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
9474   CurContext = OCD;
9475   return IDecl;
9476 }
9477 
9478 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9479                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
9480                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
9481   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9482   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
9483 
9484   FieldCollector->StartClass();
9485 
9486   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
9487     return;
9488 
9489   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
9490     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
9491 
9492   // C++ [class]p2:
9493   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
9494   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
9495   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
9496   //   as if it were a public member name.
9497   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
9498     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
9499                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
9500                             Record->getIdentifier(),
9501                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
9502                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
9503   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
9504   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
9505   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
9506   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
9507       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
9508   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
9509   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
9510          "Broken injected-class-name");
9511 }
9512 
9513 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
9514                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
9515   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9516   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9517   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
9518 
9519   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9520   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9521     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
9522     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9523       RD->completeDefinition();
9524   }
9525 
9526   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
9527     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
9528 
9529   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
9530   PopDeclContext();
9531 
9532   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
9533   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
9534 }
9535 
9536 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
9537   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
9538   PopDeclContext();
9539 }
9540 
9541 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9542   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
9543   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
9544   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
9545 }
9546 
9547 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
9548   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
9549   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
9550 }
9551 
9552 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
9553   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
9554   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
9555   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
9556 
9557   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
9558   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9559     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
9560       RD->completeDefinition();
9561   }
9562 
9563   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
9564   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
9565   // the FieldCollector.
9566 
9567   PopDeclContext();
9568 }
9569 
9570 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
9571 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
9572                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
9573                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
9574                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
9575   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
9576   if (ZeroWidth)
9577     *ZeroWidth = true;
9578 
9579   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
9580   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
9581   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
9582     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
9583     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
9584       return ExprError();
9585     if (FieldName)
9586       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
9587         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9588     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
9589       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
9590   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
9591                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
9592     return ExprError();
9593 
9594   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
9595   // it now.
9596   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
9597     return Owned(BitWidth);
9598 
9599   llvm::APSInt Value;
9600   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
9601   if (ICE.isInvalid())
9602     return ICE;
9603   BitWidth = ICE.take();
9604 
9605   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
9606     *ZeroWidth = false;
9607 
9608   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
9609   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
9610     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
9611 
9612   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
9613     if (FieldName)
9614       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9615                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
9616     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
9617       << Value.toString(10);
9618   }
9619 
9620   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
9621     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
9622     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
9623       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9624         if (FieldName)
9625           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9626             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9627             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9628 
9629         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9630           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9631       }
9632 
9633       if (FieldName)
9634         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9635           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
9636           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9637       else
9638         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
9639           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
9640     }
9641   }
9642 
9643   return Owned(BitWidth);
9644 }
9645 
9646 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
9647 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
9648 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
9649                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
9650   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
9651                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
9652                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
9653   return Res;
9654 }
9655 
9656 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
9657 ///
9658 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
9659                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
9660                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
9661                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9662                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
9663   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9664   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9665   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9666 
9667   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9668   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9669   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9670     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9671 
9672     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
9673                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
9674       D.setInvalidType();
9675       T = Context.IntTy;
9676       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
9677     }
9678   }
9679 
9680   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D);
9681 
9682   if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified())
9683     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread);
9684   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
9685     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9686       << 2;
9687 
9688   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
9689   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
9690   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
9691   LookupName(Previous, S);
9692   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
9693     case LookupResult::Found:
9694     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
9695       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
9696       break;
9697 
9698     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
9699       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9700       break;
9701 
9702     case LookupResult::NotFound:
9703     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
9704     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
9705       break;
9706   }
9707   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
9708 
9709   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9710     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9711     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9712     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9713     PrevDecl = 0;
9714   }
9715 
9716   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
9717     PrevDecl = 0;
9718 
9719   bool Mutable
9720     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
9721   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
9722   FieldDecl *NewFD
9723     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
9724                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
9725 
9726   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9727     Record->setInvalidDecl();
9728 
9729   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9730     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9731 
9732   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
9733     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
9734     // with the same name in the same scope.
9735   } else if (II) {
9736     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
9737   } else
9738     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
9739 
9740   return NewFD;
9741 }
9742 
9743 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
9744 ///
9745 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
9746 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
9747 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
9748 /// created.
9749 ///
9750 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
9751 ///
9752 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
9753 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
9754                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9755                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
9756                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
9757                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
9758                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
9759                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
9760                                 Declarator *D) {
9761   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
9762   bool InvalidDecl = false;
9763   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
9764 
9765   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
9766   // marking this declaration as invalid.
9767   if (T.isNull()) {
9768     InvalidDecl = true;
9769     T = Context.IntTy;
9770   }
9771 
9772   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
9773   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
9774     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
9775       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
9776       Record->setInvalidDecl();
9777       InvalidDecl = true;
9778     } else {
9779       NamedDecl *Def;
9780       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
9781       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
9782         Record->setInvalidDecl();
9783         InvalidDecl = true;
9784       }
9785     }
9786   }
9787 
9788   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
9789   // than a variably modified type.
9790   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9791     bool SizeIsNegative;
9792     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
9793 
9794     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
9795       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
9796                                                     SizeIsNegative,
9797                                                     Oversized);
9798     if (FixedTInfo) {
9799       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
9800       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
9801       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
9802     } else {
9803       if (SizeIsNegative)
9804         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
9805       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
9806         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
9807           << Oversized.toString(10);
9808       else
9809         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
9810       InvalidDecl = true;
9811     }
9812   }
9813 
9814   // Fields can not have abstract class types
9815   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
9816                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9817                                              AbstractFieldType))
9818     InvalidDecl = true;
9819 
9820   bool ZeroWidth = false;
9821   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
9822   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
9823     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
9824     if (!BitWidth) {
9825       InvalidDecl = true;
9826       BitWidth = 0;
9827       ZeroWidth = false;
9828     }
9829   }
9830 
9831   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
9832   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
9833     unsigned DiagID = 0;
9834     if (T->isReferenceType())
9835       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
9836     else if (T.isConstQualified())
9837       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
9838 
9839     if (DiagID) {
9840       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
9841       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
9842         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
9843       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
9844       Mutable = false;
9845       InvalidDecl = true;
9846     }
9847   }
9848 
9849   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
9850                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
9851   if (InvalidDecl)
9852     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9853 
9854   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9855     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
9856     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9857     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9858   }
9859 
9860   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9861     if (Record->isUnion()) {
9862       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9863         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9864         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9865           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
9866           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
9867           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
9868           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
9869           // objects.
9870           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
9871             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9872         }
9873       }
9874 
9875       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
9876       // the program is ill-formed.
9877       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
9878         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
9879           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
9880         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9881       }
9882     }
9883   }
9884 
9885   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
9886   // representation, not a parser representation.
9887   if (D)
9888     // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope?
9889     ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D);
9890 
9891   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
9892   // retainable type.
9893   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
9894     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9895 
9896   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
9897     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
9898 
9899   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
9900   return NewFD;
9901 }
9902 
9903 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
9904   assert(FD);
9905   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
9906 
9907   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9908     return true;
9909 
9910   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
9911   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
9912     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
9913     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
9914       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
9915       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
9916       // copy constructors.
9917 
9918       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
9919       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
9920       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
9921       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
9922       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
9923       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
9924       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
9925         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
9926       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
9927         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
9928       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
9929         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
9930       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
9931         member = CXXDestructor;
9932 
9933       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
9934         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
9935             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
9936           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
9937           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
9938           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
9939           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
9940           // members unavailable.
9941           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
9942           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
9943             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
9944               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
9945                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
9946             return false;
9947           }
9948         }
9949 
9950         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
9951                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
9952                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
9953           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
9954         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
9955         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
9956       }
9957     }
9958   }
9959 
9960   return false;
9961 }
9962 
9963 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
9964 ///  AST enum value.
9965 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
9966 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
9967   switch (ivarVisibility) {
9968   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
9969   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
9970   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
9971   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
9972   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
9973   }
9974 }
9975 
9976 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
9977 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
9978 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
9979                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
9980                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
9981                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
9982 
9983   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
9984   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
9985   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
9986   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
9987 
9988   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
9989   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
9990 
9991   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9992   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
9993 
9994   if (BitWidth) {
9995     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
9996     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
9997     if (!BitWidth)
9998       D.setInvalidType();
9999   } else {
10000     // Not a bitfield.
10001 
10002     // validate II.
10003 
10004   }
10005   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
10006     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
10007     D.setInvalidType();
10008   }
10009   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
10010   // than a variably modified type.
10011   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
10012     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
10013     D.setInvalidType();
10014   }
10015 
10016   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
10017   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
10018     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
10019                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
10020   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
10021   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
10022   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10023     return 0;
10024   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
10025   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
10026       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10027     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
10028     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
10029       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
10030       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
10031     }
10032     else
10033       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
10034   } else {
10035     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
10036         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10037       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
10038         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
10039         return 0;
10040       }
10041     }
10042     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
10043   }
10044 
10045   // Construct the decl.
10046   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
10047                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
10048                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
10049 
10050   if (II) {
10051     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
10052                                            ForRedeclaration);
10053     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
10054         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10055       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
10056       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10057       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10058     }
10059   }
10060 
10061   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
10062   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
10063 
10064   if (D.isInvalidType())
10065     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10066 
10067   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
10068   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
10069     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10070 
10071   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10072     NewID->setModulePrivate();
10073 
10074   if (II) {
10075     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
10076     // these to the interface.
10077     S->AddDecl(NewID);
10078     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
10079   }
10080 
10081   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
10082       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
10083     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
10084 
10085   return NewID;
10086 }
10087 
10088 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
10089 /// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class
10090 /// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
10091 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
10092 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
10093                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
10094   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
10095     return;
10096 
10097   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
10098   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
10099 
10100   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
10101     return;
10102   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
10103   if (!ID) {
10104     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
10105       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
10106         return;
10107     }
10108     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
10109     else
10110       return;
10111   }
10112   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
10113   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
10114   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
10115 
10116   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
10117                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
10118                               Context.CharTy,
10119                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
10120                                                                DeclLoc),
10121                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
10122                               true);
10123   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
10124 }
10125 
10126 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
10127                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
10128                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
10129                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
10130                        AttributeList *Attr) {
10131   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
10132 
10133   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
10134   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
10135   // it will now change.
10136   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10137     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
10138     switch (DC->getKind()) {
10139     default: break;
10140     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
10141       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
10142       break;
10143     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
10144       Context.
10145         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
10146       break;
10147     }
10148   }
10149 
10150   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
10151 
10152   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
10153   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
10154   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
10155   if (Record) {
10156     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
10157                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
10158       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
10159         if (IFD->getDeclName())
10160           ++NumNamedMembers;
10161     }
10162   }
10163 
10164   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
10165   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
10166 
10167   bool ARCErrReported = false;
10168   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
10169        i != end; ++i) {
10170     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
10171 
10172     // Get the type for the field.
10173     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
10174 
10175     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
10176       // Remember all fields written by the user.
10177       RecFields.push_back(FD);
10178     }
10179 
10180     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
10181     // diagnostics about it.
10182     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10183       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10184       continue;
10185     }
10186 
10187     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
10188     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
10189     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
10190     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
10191     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
10192     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
10193     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
10194     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
10195     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
10196     //   array.
10197     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
10198       // Field declared as a function.
10199       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
10200         << FD->getDeclName();
10201       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10202       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10203       continue;
10204     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
10205                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
10206                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
10207                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
10208                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
10209       // Flexible array member.
10210       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
10211       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
10212       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
10213       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
10214         if (Record->isUnion())
10215           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
10216             << FD->getDeclName();
10217         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
10218           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
10219             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10220       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10221         if (Record->isUnion())
10222           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
10223             << FD->getDeclName();
10224         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
10225           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
10226             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10227       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
10228       if (Record->isUnion())
10229         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
10230           << FD->getDeclName();
10231       else
10232         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
10233           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
10234       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
10235         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
10236           << FD->getDeclName();
10237         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10238         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10239         continue;
10240       }
10241       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
10242           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
10243         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
10244           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
10245         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10246         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10247         continue;
10248       }
10249       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
10250       if (Record)
10251         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10252     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
10253                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
10254                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
10255       // Incomplete type
10256       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10257       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
10258       continue;
10259     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10260       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
10261         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
10262         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
10263           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10264         } else {
10265           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
10266           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
10267           // structures.
10268           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
10269             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
10270               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
10271           else {
10272             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
10273             // other structs as an extension.
10274             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
10275               << FD->getDeclName();
10276             if (Record)
10277               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
10278           }
10279         }
10280       }
10281       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
10282           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
10283                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10284                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
10285         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
10286         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10287       }
10288       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10289         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10290     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
10291       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
10292       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
10293         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
10294       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
10295       FD->setType(T);
10296     } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10297       if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported) {
10298         // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
10299         // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
10300         // so we just make the field unavailable.
10301         // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
10302         // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
10303         QualType T = FD->getType();
10304         Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
10305         if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
10306           SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
10307           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
10308             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
10309               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
10310                                 "this system field has retaining ownership"));
10311             }
10312           } else {
10313             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_struct)
10314               << T->isBlockPointerType();
10315           }
10316           ARCErrReported = true;
10317         }
10318       }
10319       else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
10320                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
10321                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
10322         if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10323             FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
10324           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10325         else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
10326           QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
10327           if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
10328               BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
10329             Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10330           else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
10331                    BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
10332                  Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
10333         }
10334       }
10335     }
10336     // Keep track of the number of named members.
10337     if (FD->getIdentifier())
10338       ++NumNamedMembers;
10339   }
10340 
10341   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
10342   if (Record) {
10343     bool Completed = false;
10344     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
10345       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
10346         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
10347         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
10348                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
10349                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
10350           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
10351 
10352         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
10353           // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
10354           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
10355               CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor())
10356             AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,CXXRecord->getDestructor());
10357 
10358           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
10359           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
10360 
10361           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
10362           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
10363           // problem now.
10364           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
10365             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
10366             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
10367 
10368             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
10369                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
10370                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
10371               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
10372                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
10373                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
10374                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
10375                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
10376                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
10377                   continue;
10378 
10379                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
10380                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
10381                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
10382                 //   program is ill-formed.
10383                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
10384                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
10385                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
10386                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
10387                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
10388                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
10389                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
10390                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
10391                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
10392                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
10393 
10394                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
10395               }
10396             }
10397             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
10398             Completed = true;
10399           }
10400         }
10401       }
10402     }
10403 
10404     if (!Completed)
10405       Record->completeDefinition();
10406 
10407   } else {
10408     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
10409       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
10410     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10411       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
10412       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
10413       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10414         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
10415         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10416       }
10417       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
10418       // duplicates.
10419       if (ID->getSuperClass())
10420         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
10421     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
10422                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10423       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
10424       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
10425         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
10426         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
10427         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
10428       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
10429       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10430       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10431     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
10432                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10433       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
10434       // reported as errors elsewhere.
10435       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
10436       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
10437       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
10438       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
10439       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
10440       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
10441         if (IDecl) {
10442           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
10443               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10444             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10445                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10446             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10447             continue;
10448           }
10449           for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *ClsExtDecl =
10450                 IDecl->getFirstClassExtension();
10451                ClsExtDecl; ClsExtDecl = ClsExtDecl->getNextClassExtension()) {
10452             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar =
10453                 ClsExtDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
10454               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
10455                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
10456               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10457               continue;
10458             }
10459           }
10460         }
10461         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
10462         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
10463       }
10464       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
10465       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
10466     }
10467   }
10468 
10469   if (Attr)
10470     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
10471 }
10472 
10473 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
10474 /// the given type T.
10475 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
10476                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
10477                                         QualType T) {
10478   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10479   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
10480 
10481   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
10482     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
10483       --BitWidth;
10484     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
10485   }
10486   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
10487 }
10488 
10489 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
10490 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
10491 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
10492   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
10493   // enum checking below.
10494   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
10495   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
10496   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10497     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
10498   };
10499   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
10500     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
10501     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
10502   };
10503 
10504   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
10505   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
10506                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
10507   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
10508     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
10509       return Types[I];
10510 
10511   return QualType();
10512 }
10513 
10514 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
10515                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
10516                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
10517                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
10518                                           Expr *Val) {
10519   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10520   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
10521   QualType EltTy;
10522 
10523   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
10524     Val = 0;
10525 
10526   if (Val)
10527     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
10528 
10529   if (Val) {
10530     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
10531       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10532     else {
10533       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
10534       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
10535           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10536         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
10537         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
10538         // constant expression of the underlying type.
10539         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10540         ExprResult Converted =
10541           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
10542                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
10543         if (Converted.isInvalid())
10544           Val = 0;
10545         else
10546           Val = Converted.take();
10547       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
10548                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
10549                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
10550         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
10551       } else {
10552         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10553           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10554 
10555           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
10556           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
10557           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
10558           // expression checking.
10559           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10560             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
10561               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10562               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10563             } else
10564               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
10565           } else
10566             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10567         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10568           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
10569           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10570           //   is the type of its initializing value:
10571           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
10572           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
10573           EltTy = Val->getType();
10574         } else {
10575           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
10576           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
10577           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
10578           //   representable as an int.
10579 
10580           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
10581           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
10582             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10583               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
10584               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
10585           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
10586             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
10587             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
10588           }
10589           EltTy = Val->getType();
10590         }
10591       }
10592     }
10593   }
10594 
10595   if (!Val) {
10596     if (Enum->isDependentType())
10597       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
10598     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
10599       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10600       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10601       //   is the type of its initializing value:
10602       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
10603       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
10604       //
10605       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
10606       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
10607       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
10608         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
10609       }
10610       else {
10611         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
10612       }
10613     } else {
10614       // Assign the last value + 1.
10615       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10616       ++EnumVal;
10617       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
10618 
10619       // Check for overflow on increment.
10620       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
10621         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
10622         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
10623         //   is the type of its initializing value:
10624         //
10625         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
10626         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
10627         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
10628         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
10629         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
10630         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
10631         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
10632         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
10633           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
10634           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
10635           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10636           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
10637           ++EnumVal;
10638           if (Enum->isFixed())
10639             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
10640             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
10641               << EnumVal.toString(10)
10642               << EltTy;
10643           else
10644             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
10645               << EnumVal.toString(10);
10646         } else {
10647           EltTy = T;
10648         }
10649 
10650         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
10651         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
10652         // value, then increment.
10653         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
10654         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10655         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10656         ++EnumVal;
10657 
10658         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
10659         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
10660         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
10661         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
10662         // integral type.
10663         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
10664           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
10665       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10666                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
10667         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
10668         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
10669           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
10670       }
10671     }
10672   }
10673 
10674   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10675     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
10676     // enumerator's type.
10677     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
10678     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
10679   }
10680 
10681   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
10682                                   Val, EnumVal);
10683 }
10684 
10685 
10686 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
10687                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
10688                               AttributeList *Attr,
10689                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
10690   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
10691   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
10692     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
10693 
10694   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
10695   // we find one that is.
10696   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10697 
10698   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
10699   // scope.
10700   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
10701                                          ForRedeclaration);
10702   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10703     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10704     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
10705     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10706     PrevDecl = 0;
10707   }
10708 
10709   if (PrevDecl) {
10710     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
10711     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
10712     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
10713            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
10714     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
10715       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
10716         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
10717       else
10718         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
10719       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10720       return 0;
10721     }
10722   }
10723 
10724   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
10725   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
10726   // different from T:
10727   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
10728   // enumerated type
10729   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
10730                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
10731                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
10732     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
10733         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
10734       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
10735 
10736   EnumConstantDecl *New =
10737     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
10738 
10739   if (New) {
10740     // Process attributes.
10741     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10742 
10743     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
10744     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
10745     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
10746   }
10747 
10748   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
10749 
10750   return New;
10751 }
10752 
10753 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
10754 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
10755 // Element2 = Element1
10756 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
10757 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
10758 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
10759 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
10760   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
10761   if (!InitExpr)
10762     return true;
10763   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
10764 
10765   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
10766     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
10767       return true;
10768     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
10769     if (!IL)
10770       return true;
10771     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
10772       return true;
10773 
10774     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
10775   }
10776 
10777   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
10778   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
10779   if (!DRE)
10780     return true;
10781 
10782   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
10783   if (!EnumConstant)
10784     return true;
10785 
10786   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
10787       Enum)
10788     return true;
10789 
10790   return false;
10791 }
10792 
10793 struct DupKey {
10794   int64_t val;
10795   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
10796   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
10797     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
10798 };
10799 
10800 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
10801   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
10802                 false);
10803 }
10804 
10805 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
10806   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
10807   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
10808   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
10809     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
10810   }
10811   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
10812     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
10813            LHS.val == RHS.val;
10814   }
10815 };
10816 
10817 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
10818 // a previous element has already been set to.
10819 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, Decl **Elements,
10820                                         unsigned NumElements, EnumDecl *Enum,
10821                                         QualType EnumType) {
10822   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
10823                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
10824       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
10825     return;
10826   // Avoid anonymous enums
10827   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
10828     return;
10829 
10830   // Only check for small enums.
10831   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
10832     return;
10833 
10834   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
10835   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
10836 
10837   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
10838   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
10839           ValueToVectorMap;
10840 
10841   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
10842   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
10843 
10844   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
10845   // an initialier.
10846   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) {
10847     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10848 
10849     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
10850     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
10851     if (!ECD) {
10852       return;
10853     }
10854 
10855     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
10856       continue;
10857 
10858     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
10859     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
10860 
10861     // First time encountering this value.
10862     if (Entry.isNull())
10863       Entry = ECD;
10864   }
10865 
10866   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
10867   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElements; ++i) {
10868     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10869     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
10870       continue;
10871 
10872     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
10873 
10874     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
10875     if (Entry.isNull())
10876       continue;
10877 
10878     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
10879       // Ensure constants are different.
10880       if (D == ECD)
10881         continue;
10882 
10883       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
10884       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
10885       Vec->push_back(D);
10886       Vec->push_back(ECD);
10887 
10888       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
10889       Entry = Vec;
10890 
10891       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
10892       // diagnostics.
10893       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
10894       continue;
10895     }
10896 
10897     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
10898     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
10899     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
10900       continue;
10901 
10902     Vec->push_back(ECD);
10903   }
10904 
10905   // Emit diagnostics.
10906   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
10907                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
10908        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
10909     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
10910     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
10911 
10912     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
10913     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
10914     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
10915       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
10916       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
10917     ++I;
10918 
10919     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
10920     // the same value.
10921     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
10922       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
10923         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
10924         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
10925     delete Vec;
10926   }
10927 }
10928 
10929 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
10930                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
10931                          Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements,
10932                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
10933   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
10934   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
10935 
10936   if (Attr)
10937     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
10938 
10939   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
10940     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10941       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10942         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10943       if (!ECD) continue;
10944 
10945       ECD->setType(EnumType);
10946     }
10947 
10948     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
10949     return;
10950   }
10951 
10952   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
10953   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
10954   // emit a warning.
10955   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
10956   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
10957   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
10958 
10959   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
10960   // reverse the list.
10961   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
10962   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
10963 
10964   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
10965   bool AllElementsInt = true;
10966 
10967   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
10968     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
10969       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
10970     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
10971 
10972     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
10973 
10974     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
10975     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
10976       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
10977                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
10978     else
10979       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
10980                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
10981 
10982     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
10983     if (AllElementsInt)
10984       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
10985   }
10986 
10987   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
10988   QualType BestType;
10989   unsigned BestWidth;
10990 
10991   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
10992   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
10993   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
10994   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
10995   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
10996   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
10997   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
10998   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
10999   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
11000   QualType BestPromotionType;
11001 
11002   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
11003   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
11004   // enum definitions.
11005   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
11006     Packed = true;
11007 
11008   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
11009     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
11010     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
11011       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
11012     else
11013       BestPromotionType = BestType;
11014     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
11015     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
11016     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
11017     BestWidth = CharWidth;
11018   }
11019   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
11020     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
11021     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
11022     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
11023     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
11024       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
11025       BestWidth = CharWidth;
11026     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
11027                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
11028       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
11029       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
11030     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
11031       BestType = Context.IntTy;
11032       BestWidth = IntWidth;
11033     } else {
11034       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
11035 
11036       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
11037         BestType = Context.LongTy;
11038       } else {
11039         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
11040 
11041         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
11042           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
11043         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
11044       }
11045     }
11046     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
11047   } else {
11048     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
11049     // all of the enumerator values.
11050     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
11051     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
11052       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
11053       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
11054       BestWidth = CharWidth;
11055     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
11056       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
11057       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
11058       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
11059     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
11060       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
11061       BestWidth = IntWidth;
11062       BestPromotionType
11063         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11064                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
11065     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
11066                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
11067       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
11068       BestPromotionType
11069         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11070                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
11071     } else {
11072       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
11073       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
11074              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
11075       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
11076       BestPromotionType
11077         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11078                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
11079     }
11080   }
11081 
11082   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
11083   // the type of the enum if needed.
11084   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) {
11085     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11086     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
11087 
11088     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
11089     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
11090     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
11091     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
11092     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
11093 
11094     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
11095     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
11096 
11097     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
11098     // the enum decl type.
11099     QualType NewTy;
11100     unsigned NewWidth;
11101     bool NewSign;
11102     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11103         !Enum->isFixed() &&
11104         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
11105       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
11106       NewWidth = IntWidth;
11107       NewSign = true;
11108     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
11109       // Already the right type!
11110       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11111         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
11112         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
11113         // enumeration.
11114         ECD->setType(EnumType);
11115       continue;
11116     } else {
11117       NewTy = BestType;
11118       NewWidth = BestWidth;
11119       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
11120     }
11121 
11122     // Adjust the APSInt value.
11123     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
11124     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
11125     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
11126 
11127     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
11128     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
11129         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
11130       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
11131                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
11132                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
11133                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
11134                                                 VK_RValue));
11135     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11136       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
11137       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
11138       // enumeration.
11139       ECD->setType(EnumType);
11140     else
11141       ECD->setType(NewTy);
11142   }
11143 
11144   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
11145                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
11146 
11147   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
11148   // it needs to go into the function scope.
11149   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
11150     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
11151 
11152   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, NumElements, Enum, EnumType);
11153 }
11154 
11155 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
11156                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
11157                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
11158   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
11159 
11160   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
11161                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
11162                                                    EndLoc);
11163   CurContext->addDecl(New);
11164   return New;
11165 }
11166 
11167 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
11168                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
11169                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
11170   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
11171                                                 Module::AllVisible,
11172                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
11173   if (!Mod)
11174     return true;
11175 
11176   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
11177   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
11178   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
11179     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
11180     // We need the length to be consistent.
11181     if (!ModCheck)
11182       break;
11183     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
11184 
11185     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
11186   }
11187 
11188   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
11189                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
11190                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
11191                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
11192   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
11193   return Import;
11194 }
11195 
11196 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
11197   // Create the implicit import declaration.
11198   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
11199   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
11200                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
11201   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
11202   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
11203 
11204   // Make the module visible.
11205   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible);
11206 }
11207 
11208 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
11209                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
11210                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
11211                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
11212                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
11213   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
11214                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
11215   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
11216      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
11217 
11218   if (PrevDecl)
11219     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
11220   else
11221     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
11222       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
11223 }
11224 
11225 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
11226                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
11227                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
11228   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
11229 
11230   if (PrevDecl) {
11231     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
11232   } else {
11233     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
11234       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
11235         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
11236   }
11237 }
11238 
11239 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
11240                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
11241                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
11242                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
11243                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
11244   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
11245                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
11246   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
11247 
11248   if (PrevDecl) {
11249     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
11250       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
11251         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
11252   } else {
11253     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
11254       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
11255   }
11256 }
11257 
11258 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
11259   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
11260 }
11261 
11262 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
11263   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
11264   return D->getAvailability();
11265 }
11266